WO2021163832A1 - Data transmission method and apparatus - Google Patents

Data transmission method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021163832A1
WO2021163832A1 PCT/CN2020/075508 CN2020075508W WO2021163832A1 WO 2021163832 A1 WO2021163832 A1 WO 2021163832A1 CN 2020075508 W CN2020075508 W CN 2020075508W WO 2021163832 A1 WO2021163832 A1 WO 2021163832A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
network device
access network
data packet
service
transmission
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/075508
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
许斌
李秉肇
陈磊
王宏
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2020/075508 priority Critical patent/WO2021163832A1/en
Publication of WO2021163832A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021163832A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communications, and more specifically, to methods and devices for data transmission in the field of communications.
  • the downlink data transmission service provided by the wireless communication system for the terminal device can generally be divided into two types: unicast service and broadcast multicast service.
  • Unicast is a point-to-point communication, that is, a single point of communication between network equipment and terminal equipment.
  • the network equipment can send data to each terminal device to achieve personalized services, but the number of terminal devices is large and the access traffic of the terminal device At large, all unicast data transmission methods will make the network equipment overwhelmed.
  • Broadcast multicast can support point-to-multipoint communication, that is, network devices transmit the same data to multiple terminal devices, such as mobile TV services.
  • MMSFN multicast broadcast single frequency network
  • SC- PTM single-cell point-to-multipoint
  • the SC-PTM transmission mode only supports single-cell transmission, which does not support mobility, and because the coverage of a single cell is small. Compared with unicast transmission, the gain is not obvious, and the MBSFN transmission mode needs to be statically deployed in the broadcast area and cannot support flexible broadcast area adjustment.
  • the fifth generation of mobile communication technology (the 5th generation, 5G) new radio (NR) system is the next-generation wireless communication system of the LTE system.
  • 5G new radio
  • the communication system needs to support the dynamic deployment of the transmission mode. If the transmission is always performed according to the configured transmission mode, the flexibility is poor and the communication needs cannot be met.
  • the present application provides a data transmission method and device, which can dynamically switch the transmission mode of the transmitted data, thereby improving flexibility and meeting communication requirements.
  • a method of data transmission may be executed by a first communication device.
  • the first communication device may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip system.
  • the first communication device is a first access network device, and the method includes: determining mode switching request information, where the mode switching request information is used to request to switch the transmission mode of the first service to the first transmission mode ,
  • the first transmission mode includes multicast or unicast; sending the mode switching request information to the second access network device.
  • the first access network device can send the mode switching request information to the second access network device, so that the first access network device or the second access network device can switch the transmission mode of the first service to the first access network device.
  • a transmission mode can improve flexibility and meet diversified communication requirements.
  • the first access network device or the second access network device can switch the transmission mode of the first service from unicast to multicast.
  • the first access network device or the second access network device can switch the transmission mode of the first service to multicast. The transmission mode of a service is switched from multicast to unicast.
  • multicast may include MBSFN transmission. That is, the first access network device or the second access network device can switch the transmission mode of the first service from unicast to MBSFN transmission, or the first access network device or the second access network device can switch the transmission mode of the first service to MBSFN transmission. The transmission mode of the service is switched from MBSFN transmission to unicast.
  • the mode switching request information does not limit that the transmission mode of the first service must be switched to the first transmission mode, and can also be used only to turn off or on the transmission mode of the first service, and does not limit the transmission mode of the first service.
  • the transmission mode used after the transmission mode of the first service is turned off or on.
  • the mode switching request information may be used to indicate the turning off or on of the MBSFN transmission mode used by the first service.
  • the method further includes: sending first indication information to a core network device, where the first indication information is used to instruct the core network device to activate or deactivate the first transmission channel, and the first transmission channel is A transmission channel is used for the core network device to transmit the first service to the first access network device.
  • the first transmission channel may be a protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU) between a core network device and the first access network device or a general radio packet service tunnel protocol (GPRS tunnel protocol, GTP) (wherein GPRS is the abbreviation of general packet radio service) tunnel or quality of service (QoS) flow or other types of transmission paths.
  • PDU protocol data unit
  • GTP general radio packet service tunnel protocol
  • QoS quality of service
  • the meaning of activation here can be that the transmission channel between the core network device and the first access network device is established, but the use has not been started, and the use is activated according to the first instruction information after the first instruction information is received; or also It may be that the first transmission channel starts to be established after receiving the first indication information, and the established first transmission channel is used.
  • the establishment process may be a process of sending relevant configuration information of the first transmission channel.
  • the first indication information is used to instruct the core network device to activate the first transmission channel. If the first transmission mode includes multicast, the first indication information is used to instruct the core network device to deactivate the first transmission channel.
  • the method further includes: sending second indication information to a core network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate a first data packet, and the first data packet is in the first data packet.
  • the core network device transmits the first data packet of the first service to the first access network device or initiates data pack.
  • the second indication information includes a first sequence number, and the first sequence number is used to indicate a sequence of the first data packet in at least one data packet of the first service.
  • the core network device can ensure the continuity of the first service through the second indication information.
  • the aforementioned first serial number may be a serial number allocated by the core network device to the first data packet.
  • the first indication information and the second indication information may be carried in the same message and sent, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the method further includes: receiving third indication information from the second access network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate a second data packet, and the second data packet For the first service transmitted by the second access network device to the first access network device before the first access network device switches the first transmission mode or before the first transmission channel is activated The last packet.
  • the third indication information includes a second sequence number, and the second sequence number is used to indicate a sequence of the second data packet in at least one data packet of the first service.
  • the foregoing second serial number may be a serial number allocated by the core network device to the second data packet.
  • the first access network device may send the second indication information to the core network device according to the third indication information.
  • the second data packet indicated by the third indication information is that before the first access network device switches the first transmission mode or before the first transmission channel is activated, the second access network device sends the data to the first access network device.
  • the last data packet of the first service transmitted by the network access device, and the first data packet indicated by the second indication information is after the first access network device switches the first transmission mode or activates the first transmission channel Afterwards, the first data packet of the first service transmitted by the core network device to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device determines the first data packet after switching the first transmission mode or after activating the first transmission channel according to the last data packet before switching the first transmission mode or before activating the first transmission channel, thereby ensuring that The continuity of data packets of the first service.
  • the second data packet and the first data packet are two data packets with consecutive serial numbers.
  • the serial number of the second data packet is X
  • the serial number of the first data packet is X+1. Therefore, to a certain extent, the second indication information and the third indication information can be equivalent.
  • the second indication information indicates that the sequence number of the first data packet is X+1
  • the third indication information indicates that the sequence number of the second data packet is X. If you know the second indication information, you can learn the third indication information and know the third indication. The information can learn the second instruction information.
  • the method further includes: sending the third data packet to a terminal device according to fourth instruction information, the third data packet being a data packet of the first service, and the fourth The indication information comes from the second access network device and is used to indicate at least one of the following: the time domain resource and/or frequency domain resource of the third data packet sent by the first access network device to the terminal device; Processing information of the third data packet.
  • the third data packet is sent by the second access network device to the first access network device.
  • the processing information of the third data packet may include: service data adaptation protocol (SDAP) layer, packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) layer, radio link control (radio link control, RLC) Information corresponding to at least one processing method of at least one protocol layer such as medium access control (MAC) layer, physical (physical, PHY) layer, etc.
  • SDAP service data adaptation protocol
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • RLC radio link control
  • the processing method includes how to perform the functions of each protocol layer, such as how to Perform RLC layer data packet segmentation, and how to perform MAC layer data packet multiplexing, etc.
  • the complete function of each protocol layer can refer to the content of the 3GPP official website protocol specification, due to the large amount of content, it will not be repeated here.
  • the method further includes: receiving response information of the mode switching request information from the second access network device, where the response information is used to confirm that the first access network device switches the first access network device.
  • the transmission mode of a service is the first transmission mode.
  • the third indication information may indicate response information of the mode switching request information.
  • the second access network device may carry the third indication information and the response information of the mode switching request information in the same message or different messages and send it to the first access network device.
  • a method of data transmission is provided.
  • the method can be executed by a second communication device.
  • the second communication device can be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip system.
  • the second communication device is a second access network device, and the method includes: receiving mode switching request information from the first access network device, where the mode switching request information is used to request switching of the first service
  • the transmission mode is a first transmission mode, and the first transmission mode includes multicast or unicast; and the response information of the mode switching request information is sent to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device can send the mode switching request information to the second access network device, so that the first access network device or the second access network device can switch the transmission mode of the first service to the first access network device.
  • a transmission mode can improve flexibility and meet diversified communication requirements.
  • the first access network device or the second access network device can switch the transmission mode of the first service from unicast to multicast.
  • the first access network device or the second access network device can switch the transmission mode of the first service to multicast. The transmission mode of a service is switched from multicast to unicast.
  • the response information of the mode switching request information is used to confirm that the second access network device accepts the first connection.
  • the network access device switches the transmission mode of the first service to the first transmission mode. If the mode switching request information is used to request the second access network device to switch the transmission mode of the first service to the first transmission mode, if the second access network device supports the first transmission mode, the response information of the mode switching request information is used for It is confirmed that the second access network device switches the transmission mode of the first service to the first transmission mode.
  • multicast may include MBSFN transmission.
  • the response information of the mode switching request information may be carried in a new message or in an existing message, for example, it may be carried in a response message of a switching request message.
  • the method further includes: sending third indication information to the first access network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate a second data packet, and the second data packet is Before the first access network device switches the first transmission mode or activates the first transmission channel, the last of the first service transmitted by the second access network device to the first access network device One packet.
  • the third indication information includes a second sequence number, and the second sequence number is used to indicate a sequence of the second data packet in at least one data packet of the first service.
  • the foregoing second serial number may be a serial number allocated by the core network device to the second data packet.
  • the method further includes: sending fourth indication information to the first access network device, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the first access network device Send the time domain resource and/or frequency domain resource of the third data packet of the first service to the terminal device; processing information of the third data packet.
  • the processing information of the third data packet may include information corresponding to at least one processing method of at least one protocol layer such as the SDAP layer, the PDCP layer, the RLC layer, the MAC layer, and the PHY layer.
  • the processing method includes how to perform the processing of each protocol layer. Functions, such as how to perform packet splitting at the RLC layer, and how to perform packet multiplexing at the MAC layer, etc.
  • the complete function of each protocol layer can refer to the content of the 3GPP official website protocol specification, due to the large amount of content, it will not be repeated here.
  • the method further includes: sending a third data packet to the first access network device.
  • a data transmission method is provided.
  • the method can be executed by a second communication device.
  • the second communication device may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip system.
  • the second communication device is a second access network device, including: determining fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate that the transmission mode for switching the first service is the first transmission mode, and The first transmission mode includes multicast or unicast; sending the fifth indication information to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device can switch the transmission mode of the first service according to the fifth indication information, thereby improving flexibility and meeting diversified communication requirements.
  • the fifth instruction information may indicate that the transmission mode of the first service of the second access network device is unicast.
  • the first access network device determines that the second access network device does not use MBSFN transmission according to the fifth instruction information.
  • the first service and at the same time, the first access network device determines that it does not use MBSFN to transmit the first service, so it uses unicast to transmit the first service.
  • the fifth instruction information can directly instruct the first access network device to switch the transmission mode of the first service to unicast, or indirectly indicate by instructing the second access network device to switch the transmission mode of the first service to unicast. Switch the transmission mode of the first service of the first access network device to unicast. In this way, transmission errors caused by the first access network device controlled by the second access network device still performing MBSFN transmission can be avoided. At the same time, it can also avoid that the first access network device controlled by the second access network device still waits for the multicast data from the second access network device, so that the first access network device can perform unicast transmission in time, thereby Can improve transmission efficiency.
  • the second access network device may be a control node of the first access network device.
  • devices other than the second access network device may also be control nodes of the first access network device.
  • the method further includes: sending sixth indication information to a core network device, where the sixth indication information is used to instruct the core network device to activate or deactivate the first transmission channel, and the first transmission channel is A transmission channel is used for the core network device to transmit the first service to the first access network device.
  • the sixth indication information is used to instruct the core network device to activate the first transmission channel. If the first transmission mode is multicast, the sixth indication information is used to instruct the core network device to deactivate the first transmission channel.
  • the method further includes: sending seventh indication information to the core network device or the first access network device, where the seventh indication information is used to indicate a fourth data packet, and the The fourth data packet is that before the first access network device or the second access network device switches the first transmission mode or before the first transmission channel is activated, the second access network device sends the data to the The last data packet of the first service transmitted by the first access network device.
  • the seventh indication information includes a third sequence number, and the third sequence number is used to indicate a sequence of the fourth data packet in at least one data packet of the first service.
  • the foregoing third sequence number may be a sequence number allocated by the core network device to the fourth data packet.
  • the sixth indication information and the seventh indication information can be carried in one message or carried In different news.
  • the method further includes: receiving response information of the fifth indication information from the first access network device, where the response information is used to confirm that the first access network device is handed over.
  • the transmission mode of the first service is the first transmission mode.
  • the method further includes: sending fourth indication information to the first access network device, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the first access network device Send the time domain resource and/or frequency domain resource of the third data packet of the first service to the terminal device; processing information of the third data packet.
  • the processing information of the third data packet may include information corresponding to at least one processing method of at least one protocol layer such as the SDAP layer, the PDCP layer, the RLC layer, the MAC layer, and the PHY layer.
  • the processing method includes how to perform the processing of each protocol layer. Functions, such as how to perform packet splitting at the RLC layer, and how to perform packet multiplexing at the MAC layer, etc.
  • the complete function of each protocol layer can refer to the content of the 3GPP official website protocol specification, due to the large amount of content, it will not be repeated here.
  • a data transmission method may be executed by a first communication device.
  • the first communication device may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip system.
  • the first communication device is a first access network device, including: receiving fifth instruction information from a second access network device, where the fifth instruction information is used to instruct to switch the transmission mode of the first service It is the first transmission mode, and the first transmission mode includes multicast or unicast.
  • the first access network device can switch the transmission mode of the first service according to the fifth indication information, thereby improving flexibility and meeting diversified communication requirements.
  • the fifth instruction information may indicate that the transmission mode of the first service of the second access network device is unicast.
  • the first access network device determines that the second access network device does not use MBSFN transmission according to the fifth instruction information.
  • the first service and at the same time, the first access network device determines that it does not use MBSFN to transmit the first service, so it uses unicast to transmit the first service.
  • the fifth instruction information can directly instruct the first access network device to switch the transmission mode of the first service to unicast, or indirectly indicate by instructing the second access network device to switch the transmission mode of the first service to unicast. Switch the transmission mode of the first service of the first access network device to unicast. In this way, transmission errors caused by the first access network device controlled by the second access network device still performing MBSFN transmission can be avoided. At the same time, it can also avoid that the first access network device controlled by the second access network device still waits for the multicast data from the second access network device, so that the first access network device can perform unicast transmission in time, thereby achieving Dynamic switching of transmission mode improves transmission efficiency.
  • the method further includes: sending sixth indication information to a core network device, where the sixth indication information is used to instruct the core network device to activate or deactivate the first transmission channel, and the first transmission channel is A transmission channel is used for the core network device to transmit the first service to the first access network device.
  • the method further includes:
  • Receive seventh indication information from a second access network device where the seventh indication information is used to indicate a fourth data packet, where the fourth data packet is in the first access network device or the second access network device Before the network device switches the first transmission mode, the last data packet of the first service transmitted by the second access network device to the first access network device; or the fourth data packet is the core After the network device activates the first transmission channel, the second access network device transmits the last data packet of the first service to the first access network device.
  • the method further includes:
  • Send eighth indication information to the core network device where the eighth indication information is used to indicate a fifth data packet, where the fifth data packet is a handover between the first access network device or the second access network device After the first transmission mode, the first data packet or the first data packet of the first service transmitted by the core network device to the first access network device; or the fifth data packet is After the core network device activates the first transmission channel, the core network device transmits the first data packet or the first data packet of the first service to the first access network device.
  • the seven indication information includes a third sequence number, and the third sequence number is used to indicate the sequence of the fourth data packet in at least one data packet of the first service;
  • the eighth indication information includes a fourth sequence number, and the fourth sequence number is used to indicate the sequence of the fifth data packet in at least one data packet of the first service.
  • a response message of the fifth indication information is sent to the second access network device, and the response information is After confirming that the first access network device switches the transmission mode of the first service to the first transmission mode.
  • the method further includes: receiving fourth indication information from a second access network device, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: The terminal device sends the time domain resource and/or frequency domain resource of the third data packet of the first service; the processing information of the third data packet; and sends the first data packet to the terminal device according to the fourth instruction information. Three data packets.
  • the processing information of the third data packet may include information corresponding to at least one processing method of at least one protocol layer such as the SDAP layer, the PDCP layer, the RLC layer, the MAC layer, and the PHY layer.
  • the processing method includes how to perform the processing of each protocol layer. Functions, such as how to perform packet splitting at the RLC layer, and how to perform packet multiplexing at the MAC layer, etc.
  • the complete function of each protocol layer can refer to the content of the 3GPP official website protocol specification, due to the large amount of content, it will not be repeated here.
  • a data transmission method is provided.
  • the method can be executed by a third communication device.
  • the third communication device may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip system.
  • the third communication device is a core network device, including:
  • the core network device can activate the first transmission channel according to the first indication information, which can ensure that the core network device uses the activated first transmission channel to transmit the data of the first service to the first access network device, thereby improving Transmission accuracy; or the core network device can deactivate the first transmission channel according to the first indication information to avoid resource waste caused by not using the first transmission channel after activation, so that resource utilization can be achieved.
  • the method further includes: receiving second indication information sent by the first access network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate a first data packet, and the first data packet
  • the core network device transmits the first access network device to the first access network device.
  • the first data packet or the first data packet of the service, the first transmission mode includes multicast or unicast; according to the second instruction information, it is sent to the first access network device through the first transmission channel The first data packet.
  • the second indication information includes a first sequence number, and the first sequence number is used to indicate a sequence of the first data packet in at least one data packet of the first service;
  • the method further includes: receiving seventh indication information sent by the second access network device, where the seventh indication information is used to indicate a fourth data packet, and the fourth data packet is Before the first access network device or the second access network device switches the first transmission mode, the first access network device transmitted by the second access network device to the first access network device The last data packet of the service, or the fourth data packet is the last data packet of the first service transmitted by the second access network device to the first access network device before the core network device activates the first transmission channel;
  • the core network device sends a fifth data packet to the first access network device through the first transmission channel according to the seventh indication information, where the fifth data packet is a data packet on the first access network device Or after the second access network device switches to the first transmission mode, the core network device transmits the first data packet or the first data packet of the first service to the first access network device, Alternatively, the fifth data packet is the first data packet or the first data packet of the first service transmitted to the first access network device after the core network device activates the first transmission channel, and the first transmission mode includes multicast Or unicast.
  • the seven indication information includes a third sequence number, and the third sequence number is used to indicate a sequence of the fourth data packet in at least one data packet of the first service.
  • a data transmission device is provided, for example, the device is the first communication device as described above.
  • the device is configured to execute the foregoing first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect method.
  • the device may include a unit for executing the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect.
  • the device includes a processing unit and a transceiver unit, wherein the processing unit is used to determine mode switching request information, and the mode switching request information is used to request to switch the transmission mode of the first service as the first service.
  • Transmission mode the first transmission mode includes multicast or unicast; the transceiver unit is configured to send the mode switching request information to the second access network device.
  • the transceiving unit is configured to send first indication information to a core network device, where the first indication information is used to instruct the core network device to activate or deactivate the first transmission channel, and the first transmission channel is A transmission channel is used for the core network equipment to transmit the first service to the device.
  • the transceiving unit is further configured to send second indication information to the core network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate a first data packet, and the first data packet is used in the device After switching the first transmission mode, the core network device transmits the first data packet of the first service to the apparatus.
  • the transceiving unit is further configured to receive third indication information from the second access network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate a second data packet, and the second data The packet is the last data packet of the first service transmitted by the second access network device to the device before the device switches the first transmission mode.
  • a data transmission device is provided, for example, the device is the second communication device as described above.
  • the device is used to execute the foregoing second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect.
  • the apparatus may include a unit for executing the second aspect or the method in any possible implementation manner of the second aspect.
  • the apparatus includes a receiving unit and a sending unit, and the receiving unit is configured to receive mode switching request information from the first access network device, and the mode switching request information is used to request to switch the first access network device.
  • the transmission mode of a service is a first transmission mode, and the first transmission mode includes multicast or unicast; the sending unit is configured to send response information of the mode switching request information to the first access network device.
  • the sending unit is further configured to send third indication information to the first access network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate a second data packet, and the second data The packet is the last data packet of the first service transmitted by the apparatus to the first access network device before the first access network device switches the first transmission mode.
  • the sending unit is further configured to: send fourth indication information to the first access network device, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the first access network device
  • the network access device sends the time domain resource and/or frequency domain resource of the third data packet of the first service to the terminal device;
  • a data transmission device is provided, for example, the device is the second communication device as described above.
  • the device is used to execute the foregoing third aspect or the method in any possible implementation manner of the third aspect.
  • the device may include a unit for executing the third aspect or the method in any possible implementation manner of the third aspect.
  • the device includes a processing unit and a transceiving unit, wherein the processing unit is used to determine fifth indication information, and the fifth indication information is used to instruct to switch the transmission mode of the first service to the first Transmission mode, the first transmission mode includes multicast or unicast; the transceiver unit is configured to send the fifth indication information to the first access network device.
  • the transceiving unit is further configured to send sixth indication information to the core network device, where the sixth indication information is used to instruct the core network device to activate or deactivate the first transmission channel, and The first transmission channel is used by the core network device to transmit the first service to the first access network device.
  • the transceiving unit is further configured to send seventh indication information to the core network device or the first access network device, and the seventh indication information is used to indicate the fourth data packet, so The fourth data packet is the last of the first service transmitted by the device to the first access network device before the first access network device or the device switches the first transmission mode data pack.
  • the transceiving unit is further configured to receive response information of the fifth indication information from the first access network device, where the response information is used to instruct the first access network device to switch The transmission mode of the first service is the first transmission mode.
  • the transceiving unit is further configured to send fourth indication information to the first access network device, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the first access network device Send the time domain resource and/or frequency domain resource of the third data packet of the first service to the terminal device; processing information of the third data packet.
  • a data transmission device is provided, for example, the device is the first communication device as described above.
  • the device is used to execute the foregoing fourth aspect or any possible implementation method of the fourth aspect.
  • the device may include a unit for executing the fourth aspect or the method in any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect.
  • the apparatus includes a receiving unit configured to receive fifth indication information from the second access network device, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate that the transmission mode of the first service is switched to the first Transmission mode, the first transmission mode includes multicast or unicast.
  • the apparatus further includes a sending unit, configured to send sixth indication information to the core network device, where the sixth indication information is used to instruct the core network device to activate or deactivate the first transmission channel ,
  • the first transmission channel is used by the core network device to transmit the first service to the device.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive seventh indication information from the second access network device, where the seventh indication information is used to indicate a fourth data packet, and the fourth data packet is Before the device or the second access network device switches the first transmission mode, the last data packet of the first service transmitted by the second access network device to the device.
  • the sending unit is further configured to send eighth indication information to a core network device, where the eighth indication information is used to indicate a fifth data packet, and the fifth data packet is used in the apparatus Or after the second access network device is switched to the first transmission mode, the core network device transmits the first data packet of the first service to the apparatus.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive fourth indication information from the second access network device, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the apparatus sends all the information to the terminal device. Time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources of the third data packet of the first service; processing information of the third data packet; and sending the third data packet to the terminal device according to the fourth instruction information.
  • a data transmission device is provided, for example, the device is the aforementioned third communication device.
  • the device is configured to execute the above-mentioned fifth aspect or any possible implementation method of the fifth aspect.
  • the device may include a unit for executing the fifth aspect or the method in any possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect.
  • the apparatus includes a transceiving unit and a processing unit, wherein the transceiving unit is configured to receive first indication information from a first access network device or a second access network device, and the first The indication information is used to instruct the core network device to activate or deactivate a first transmission channel, where the first transmission channel is used by the core network device to transmit the first service to the first access network device; the processing unit It is used to activate or deactivate the first transmission channel according to the first indication information.
  • the transceiving unit is further configured to receive second indication information sent by the first access network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate a first data packet, and the first data
  • the packet is the first data packet of the first service transmitted by the apparatus to the first access network device after the first access network device is switched to the first transmission mode, and the first transmission
  • the model includes multicast or unicast; the transceiver unit is further configured to send the first data packet to the first access network device through the first transmission channel according to the second indication information.
  • the transceiving unit is further configured to receive seventh indication information sent by the second access network device, where the seventh indication information is used to indicate a fourth data packet, and the fourth data packet Before the first access network device or the second access network device switches the first transmission mode, the second access network device transmits the first access network device to the first access network device The last data packet of a business;
  • the transceiving unit is further configured to send a fifth data packet to the first access network device through the first transmission channel according to the seventh indication information, where the fifth data packet is used in the first access network device.
  • the device transmits the first data packet of the first service to the first access network device, and the first transmission Modes include multicast or unicast.
  • a communication device is provided, for example, the communication device is the first communication device as described above.
  • the device includes a communication interface and at least one processor, and the communication interface is connected to the at least one processor, and is used to implement the method described in the first aspect or various possible designs of the first aspect.
  • the communication device is a chip provided in a communication device.
  • the communication device is an access network device.
  • the communication interface is used to obtain a program or instruction, and the processor causes the first communication device to execute the first aspect or the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the first aspect by running the program or instruction .
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver in the access network equipment, for example, implemented by the antenna, feeder, and codec in the communication device, or if the first type of communication device is a chip set in the access network equipment ,
  • the communication interface can be the input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins.
  • the processor can be a single semiconductor chip, or it can be integrated with other circuits to form a semiconductor chip.
  • the processor can be combined with other circuits (such as codec circuits, hardware acceleration circuits, or various bus and interface circuits) to form an SoC, or It can also be integrated into the ASIC as a built-in processor of an ASIC, and the ASIC integrated with the processor can be packaged separately or together with other circuits.
  • the processor may further include necessary hardware accelerators, such as FPGAs, PLDs, or logic circuits that implement dedicated logic operations.
  • the device may further include a memory coupled with the processor.
  • a communication device is provided, for example, the communication device is the second communication device as described above.
  • the device includes a communication interface and at least one processor, and the communication interface is connected to the at least one processor, and is used to implement the foregoing second aspect or the methods described in various possible designs of the second aspect.
  • the communication device is a chip provided in a communication device.
  • the communication device is an access network device.
  • the communication interface is used to obtain a program or instruction, and the processor causes the first communication device to execute the second aspect or the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the second aspect by running the program or instruction .
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver in the access network equipment, for example, implemented by the antenna, feeder, and codec in the communication device, or if the first type of communication device is a chip set in the access network equipment ,
  • the communication interface can be the input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins.
  • the processor can be a single semiconductor chip, or it can be integrated with other circuits to form a semiconductor chip.
  • the processor can be combined with other circuits (such as codec circuits, hardware acceleration circuits, or various bus and interface circuits) to form an SoC, or It can also be integrated into the ASIC as a built-in processor of an ASIC, and the ASIC integrated with the processor can be packaged separately or together with other circuits.
  • the processor may further include necessary hardware accelerators, such as FPGAs, PLDs, or logic circuits that implement dedicated logic operations.
  • the device may further include a memory coupled with the processor.
  • a communication device is provided, for example, the communication device is the second communication device as described above.
  • the device includes a communication interface and at least one processor, and the communication interface is connected to the at least one processor, and is used to implement the method described in the third aspect or various possible designs of the third aspect.
  • the communication device is a chip provided in a communication device.
  • the communication device is an access network device.
  • the communication interface is used to obtain a program or instruction, and the processor causes the first communication device to execute the third aspect or the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the third aspect by running the program or instruction .
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver in the access network equipment, for example, implemented by the antenna, feeder, and codec in the communication device, or if the first type of communication device is a chip set in the access network equipment ,
  • the communication interface can be the input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins.
  • the processor can be a single semiconductor chip, or it can be integrated with other circuits to form a semiconductor chip.
  • the processor can be combined with other circuits (such as codec circuits, hardware acceleration circuits, or various bus and interface circuits) to form an SoC, or It can also be integrated into the ASIC as a built-in processor of an ASIC, and the ASIC integrated with the processor can be packaged separately or together with other circuits.
  • the processor may further include necessary hardware accelerators, such as FPGAs, PLDs, or logic circuits that implement dedicated logic operations.
  • the device may further include a memory coupled with the processor.
  • a communication device is provided, for example, the communication device is the first communication device as described above.
  • the device includes a communication interface and at least one processor, and the communication interface is connected to the at least one processor, and is used to implement the methods described in the fourth aspect or various possible designs of the fourth aspect.
  • the communication device is a chip provided in a communication device.
  • the communication device is an access network device.
  • the communication interface is used to obtain a program or instruction, and the processor causes the first communication device to execute the fourth aspect or the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the fourth aspect by running the program or instruction .
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver in the access network equipment, for example, implemented by the antenna, feeder, and codec in the communication device, or if the first type of communication device is a chip set in the access network equipment ,
  • the communication interface can be the input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins.
  • the processor can be a single semiconductor chip, or it can be integrated with other circuits to form a semiconductor chip.
  • the processor can be combined with other circuits (such as codec circuits, hardware acceleration circuits, or various bus and interface circuits) to form an SoC, or It can also be integrated into the ASIC as a built-in processor of an ASIC, and the ASIC integrated with the processor can be packaged separately or together with other circuits.
  • the processor may further include necessary hardware accelerators, such as FPGAs, PLDs, or logic circuits that implement dedicated logic operations.
  • the device may further include a memory coupled with the processor.
  • a communication device is provided, for example, the communication device is the third communication device as described above.
  • the device includes a communication interface and at least one processor, and the communication interface is connected to the at least one processor, and is used to implement the method described in the fifth aspect or various possible designs of the fifth aspect.
  • the communication device is a chip provided in a communication device.
  • the communication device is a core network device.
  • the communication interface is used to obtain a program or instruction, and the processor causes the first type of communication device to execute the above-mentioned fifth aspect or the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the fifth aspect by running the program or instruction .
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver in the access network equipment, for example, implemented by the antenna, feeder, and codec in the communication device, or, if the first type of communication device is a chip set in the core network equipment,
  • the communication interface may be the input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins.
  • the processor can be a single semiconductor chip, or it can be integrated with other circuits to form a semiconductor chip.
  • the processor can be combined with other circuits (such as codec circuits, hardware acceleration circuits, or various bus and interface circuits) to form an SoC, or It can also be integrated into the ASIC as a built-in processor of an ASIC, and the ASIC integrated with the processor can be packaged separately or together with other circuits.
  • the processor may further include necessary hardware accelerators, such as FPGAs, PLDs, or logic circuits that implement dedicated logic operations.
  • this application provides a data transmission system, which includes at least two of the device provided in the sixth aspect, the device provided in the seventh aspect, and the device provided in the tenth aspect; or
  • the system includes at least two of the device provided in the eighth aspect, the device provided in the ninth aspect, and the device provided in the tenth aspect; or
  • the system includes at least two of the devices provided in the eleventh aspect, the devices provided in the twelfth aspect, and the devices provided in the fifteenth aspect;
  • the system includes at least two of the devices provided in the thirteenth aspect, the devices provided in the fourteenth aspect, and the devices provided in the fifteenth aspect.
  • a computer-readable storage medium is provided, and a computer program (also referred to as an instruction or code) for implementing the method in the first aspect is stored thereon.
  • the computer when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can execute the method in the first aspect.
  • the computer may be a communication device.
  • a computer-readable storage medium is provided, and a computer program (also referred to as an instruction or code) for implementing the method in the second aspect is stored thereon.
  • the computer when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can execute the method in the second aspect.
  • the computer may be a communication device.
  • a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program (also referred to as an instruction or code) for implementing the method in the third aspect is stored.
  • the computer when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can execute the method in the third aspect.
  • the computer may be a communication device.
  • a computer-readable storage medium is provided, and a computer program (also referred to as an instruction or code) for implementing the method in the fourth aspect is stored thereon.
  • the computer when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can execute the method in the fourth aspect.
  • the computer may be a communication device.
  • a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program (also referred to as an instruction or code) for implementing the method in the fifth aspect is stored.
  • the computer when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can execute the method in the fifth aspect.
  • the computer may be a communication device.
  • this application provides a chip including a processor and a communication interface.
  • the processor is coupled with the communication interface, and is configured to implement the method provided in the first aspect or any one of the optional implementation manners.
  • the chip further includes a memory, and the memory and the processor are connected to the memory through a circuit or a wire.
  • this application provides a chip including a processor and a communication interface.
  • the processor is coupled with the communication interface, and is configured to implement the method provided in the second aspect or any one of the optional implementation manners.
  • the chip further includes a memory, and the memory and the processor are connected to the memory through a circuit or a wire.
  • this application provides a chip including a processor and a communication interface.
  • the processor is coupled with the communication interface, and is configured to implement the method provided in the third aspect or any one of the optional implementation manners.
  • the chip further includes a memory, and the memory and the processor are connected to the memory through a circuit or a wire.
  • this application provides a chip including a processor and a communication interface.
  • the processor is coupled with the communication interface, and is configured to implement the method provided in the fourth aspect or any one of the optional implementation manners.
  • the chip further includes a memory, and the memory and the processor are connected to the memory through a circuit or a wire.
  • the present application provides a chip including a processor and a communication interface.
  • the processor is coupled with the communication interface, and is configured to implement the method provided in the fifth aspect or any one of the optional implementation manners.
  • the chip further includes a memory, and the memory and the processor are connected to the memory through a circuit or a wire.
  • the present application provides a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes a computer program (also referred to as an instruction or code).
  • the computer program When the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer realizes the Methods.
  • the computer may be a communication device.
  • the present application provides a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes a computer program (also referred to as an instruction or code).
  • the computer program When the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer realizes the second aspect Methods.
  • the computer may be a communication device.
  • the present application provides a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes a computer program (also referred to as an instruction or code).
  • the computer program When the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer realizes the third aspect Methods.
  • the computer may be a communication device.
  • the present application provides a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes a computer program (also referred to as an instruction or code).
  • the computer program When the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer realizes the method.
  • the computer may be a communication device.
  • the present application provides a computer program product
  • the computer program product includes a computer program (also called instructions or code), when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer realizes the fifth aspect Methods.
  • the computer may be a communication device.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of a data transmission method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 2 is a schematic diagram of an MBSFN transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 3 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 4 is a schematic diagram of a handover process in the prior art.
  • FIGS 5 to 10 are schematic diagrams of data transmission methods provided by embodiments of the present application.
  • FIGS 11-13 are schematic block diagrams of data transmission devices provided by embodiments of the present application.
  • GSM global system for mobile communications
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • WCDMA broadband code division multiple access
  • GPRS general packet radio service
  • LTE long term evolution
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • TDD LTE Time division duplex
  • UMTS universal mobile telecommunication system
  • WiMAX worldwide interoperability for microwave access
  • Terminal devices include devices that provide users with voice and/or data connectivity. Specifically, they include devices that provide users with voice, or include devices that provide users with data connectivity, or include devices that provide users with voice and data connectivity. equipment. For example, it may include a handheld device with a wireless connection function, or a processing device connected to a wireless modem.
  • the terminal equipment can communicate with core network equipment via a radio access network (RAN), exchange voice or data with the RAN, or exchange voice and data with the RAN.
  • RAN radio access network
  • the terminal equipment may include user equipment (UE), wireless terminal equipment, mobile terminal equipment, device-to-device communication (device-to-device, D2D) terminal equipment, vehicle to everything (V2X) terminal equipment , Machine-to-machine/machine-type communications (M2M/MTC) terminal equipment, Internet of things (IoT) terminal equipment, subscriber unit, subscriber station (subscriber) station), mobile station (mobile station), remote station (remote station), access point (access point, AP), remote terminal (remote terminal), access terminal (access terminal), user terminal (user terminal), user Agent (user agent), or user equipment (user device), etc.
  • UE user equipment
  • M2M/MTC Machine-to-machine/machine-type communications
  • IoT Internet of things
  • subscriber unit subscriber station (subscriber) station)
  • mobile station mobile station
  • remote station remote station
  • access point access point
  • AP remote terminal
  • remote terminal remote terminal
  • access terminal access terminal
  • user terminal user terminal
  • user Agent
  • it may include mobile phones (or “cellular” phones), computers with mobile terminal equipment, portable, pocket-sized, hand-held, mobile devices with built-in computers, and so on.
  • PCS personal communication service
  • PCS cordless phones
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistants
  • restricted devices such as devices with low power consumption, or devices with limited storage capabilities, or devices with limited computing capabilities. Examples include barcodes, radio frequency identification (RFID), sensors, global positioning system (GPS), laser scanners and other information sensing equipment.
  • RFID radio frequency identification
  • GPS global positioning system
  • laser scanners and other information sensing equipment.
  • the terminal device may also be a wearable device.
  • Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices or smart wearable devices, etc. It is a general term for using wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes Wait.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is directly worn on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a kind of hardware device, but also realize powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions that can be achieved without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones.
  • Use such as all kinds of smart bracelets, smart helmets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring.
  • the various terminal devices described above if they are located on the vehicle (for example, placed in the vehicle or installed in the vehicle), can be regarded as vehicle-mounted terminal equipment, for example, the vehicle-mounted terminal equipment is also called on-board unit (OBU). ).
  • OBU on-board unit
  • the terminal device may also include a relay. Or it can be understood that everything that can communicate with the base station can be regarded as a terminal device.
  • the device for realizing the function of the terminal device may be a terminal device, or a device capable of supporting the terminal device to realize the function, such as a chip system, and the device may be installed in the terminal device.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the device used to implement the functions of the terminal is a terminal device as an example to describe the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the access network device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device capable of providing a random access function for a terminal device or a chip that can be installed in the device.
  • This equipment includes but is not limited to: evolved Node B (eNB), radio network controller (RNC), Node B (NB), base station controller (BSC) , Base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), home base station (home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (baseband unit, BBU), wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, WIFI) system access Point (access point, AP), wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (transmission point, TP) or transmission and reception point (transmission and reception point, TRP), etc., can also be the fifth generation (the fifth generation) , 5G) system, for example, the gNB or transmission point (TRP or TP) in the new radio (NR), one or a group of (including multiple antenna panels) antenna panels of the base station in the 5
  • the gNB may include a centralized unit (CU) and a distributed unit (DU).
  • the gNB may also include an active antenna unit (AAU).
  • the CU implements some of the functions of the gNB, and the DU implements some of the functions of the gNB.
  • the CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, and implements radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) and packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) layer functions.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • the DU is responsible for processing the physical layer protocol and real-time services, and realizes the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, the media access control (MAC) layer, and the physical (PHY) layer.
  • RLC radio link control
  • MAC media access control
  • PHY physical
  • AAU realizes some physical layer processing functions, radio frequency processing and related functions of active antennas. Since the information of the RRC layer will eventually become the information of the PHY layer, or be transformed from the information of the PHY layer, under this architecture, high-level signaling, such as RRC layer signaling, can also be considered to be sent by the DU , Or, sent by DU+AAU.
  • the network device may be a device that includes one or more of a CU node, a DU node, and an AAU node.
  • the CU can be divided into network equipment in an access network (radio access network, RAN), and the CU can also be divided into network equipment in a core network (core network, CN), which is not limited in this application.
  • the core network device is used to send downlink data to the access network device or receive uplink data sent by the access network device, and the core network device has a function of controlling the access network device.
  • the core network device in the embodiment of the present application corresponds to different devices in different systems.
  • the service support node serving GPRS support node, SGSN
  • the gateway support node SGSN
  • GPRS gateway support node gateway GPRS Support Node
  • GGSN gateway GPRS Support Node
  • MME mobility management entity
  • S-GW serving gateway
  • the system can correspond to unified data storage (unified data repository, UDR), unified data management (unified data management, UDM), network data analysis function (network data analysis function, NWDAF), network warehouse function (network repository function, NRF), Network slice selection function (NSSF) network element, session management function network element (session management function, SMF), user plane function network element (user plane function, UPF), core network access and mobility management functions
  • the core network equipment can correspond to unified data storage (unified data repository, UDR), unified data management (unified data management, UDM), network data analysis function (network data analysis function, NWDAF), network warehouse function (network repository function, N
  • Fig. 1 shows a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system in FIG. 1 may include at least one terminal device (for example, terminal device 10, terminal device 20, terminal device 30, terminal device 40, terminal device 50, and terminal device 60), access network device 70, and core network device 80.
  • the access network device 70 is used to provide communication services for the terminal device and access the core network device 80.
  • the terminal device can access the network by searching for synchronization signals, broadcast signals, etc. sent by the access network device 70, so as to communicate with the network.
  • the terminal device 10, the terminal device 20, the terminal device 30, the terminal device 40, and the terminal device 60 in FIG. 1 can perform uplink and downlink transmissions with the access network device 70.
  • the access network device 70 can send downlink signals to the terminal device 10, the terminal device 20, the terminal device 30, the terminal device 40, and the terminal device 60 in a unicast or multicast manner, and can also receive the terminal device 10 and the terminal device 20. , Terminal equipment 30, terminal equipment 40 and terminal equipment 60 sent uplink signals.
  • the terminal device 40, the terminal device 50, and the terminal device 60 can also be regarded as a communication system.
  • the terminal device 60 can send downlink signals to the terminal device 40 and the terminal device 50, and can also receive uplink signals sent by the terminal device 40 and the terminal device 50. Signal.
  • the core network device 80 is configured to send downlink data to the access network device 70 or receive uplink data sent by the access network device 70.
  • embodiments of the present application may be applied to a communication system including one or more access network devices, and may also be applied to a communication system including one or more terminal devices, which is not limited in this application.
  • the access network device 70 in FIG. 1 may send data to the aforementioned terminal device in a multicast manner. Or the access network device 70 in FIG. 1 may send data to the aforementioned terminal device in a unicast manner.
  • the access network request device can transmit the same data to multiple terminal devices simultaneously through multicast or multicast transmission method point-to-multipoint, or it can transmit the same data to each terminal device separately through unicast transmission method.
  • the device transmits data separately.
  • the transmission method of using multicast or multicast to transmit data is relatively static. After the transmission method is configured, it will always be transmitted according to the configured method, and the multicast transmission method cannot be changed dynamically.
  • Multicast transmission technology which can also be referred to as MBMS technology, or multicast transmission mode, refers to a technology in which a certain service sends data to multiple terminal devices at the same time through an access network device.
  • MMSFN multimedia broadcast multicast multicast service single frequency network
  • SC-PTM single cell point to multipoint service
  • the SC-PTM mode means that the MBMS service is only transmitted through one cell (for example, a base station), and a network device performs group scheduling on multiple terminal devices at the same time.
  • MBSFN transmission means that multiple synchronized cells send the same data to the terminal device on the same time-frequency resource.
  • One terminal device can receive multiple copies of the same data after superimposition, which can improve the signal reception strength and eliminate inter-cell Interference. Take two access network devices as an example to describe.
  • access network device 1 is a control node, and access network device 1 can process the data packet received from the core network device and copy it into two copies of data, one of which is The data is sent to at least one terminal device by multicast according to the first time-frequency resource, and the remaining data is sent to the access network device 2, and the access network device 2 sends the data through the multicast according to the first time-frequency resource.
  • the access network device 1 may send the indication information indicating the first time-frequency resource to the access network device 2 together with the remaining piece of data, or may also send it to the access network device 2 respectively.
  • the indication information of the first time-frequency resource may also come from other devices, which is not limited in this application.
  • An MBMS service area can include one or more MBSFN areas.
  • Figure 2 shows that it includes 3 MBSFN areas.
  • the terminal device can receive data according to the configured subset of MBSFN. For example, the terminal device can determine that the MBMS data that needs to be received will be received from When the configured MBSFN area in the middle of FIG. 2 is sent, the terminal device receives the data sent in the middle MBSFN area.
  • An MBSFN area is composed of multiple cells, and some or all of the multiple cells can coordinate to realize MBSFN transmission.
  • FIG. 2 shows the base stations to which three cells that are bolded for coordination and implementation of MBSFN transmission belong, for example, three base stations that are bolded correspond to three cells.
  • 3 cells can send the same data to the terminal device on the same time-frequency resources, and the cells corresponding to the remaining 4 base stations can be called MBSFN area reserved cells, which may not be used for MBSFN Transmission for other services.
  • MBSFN area reserved cells In the time-frequency resources for MBSFN transmission, the transmission power of the MBSFN reserved cell needs to be restricted to reduce the interference to MBSFN transmission.
  • the multicast transmission technology can also be an extension of the SC-PTM technology, such as extending from single cell point to multipoint transmission to multi-cell point to multipoint transmission (single cell point to multipoint, MC-PTM), that is, use Similar to SC-PTM technology, but no longer restricts the multicast transmission technology within a single cell.
  • the multicast transmission technology involved in the embodiments of this application is not limited to the existing multicast transmission technology, and may also include the multicast transmission technology based on the evolution of the existing multicast transmission technology in the subsequent NR research and the newly designed multicast transmission technology In other words, the embodiments of the present application focus on the procedures involved in switching between the multicast transmission mode and the unicast transmission mode, and are not limited to specific multicast transmission technologies.
  • the use of multicast transmission means: when a certain access network device sends the transport block (TB) corresponding to the protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU), it uses the packet wireless network temporary identification (group radio network temporary identifier, G-RNTI) scrambles the PDU, or scrambles the downlink control information (DCI) corresponding to the PDU, and at the same time, there are one or more terminal devices based on the same G-RNTI Receiving the same PDU; or using multicast to transmit PDUs can mean telling multiple terminal devices the location of the same PDU in a semi-static manner, and multiple terminal devices can receive the PDU at the same time; or using multicast to transmit PDUs It can mean that the PDU is transmitted in a radio bearer established for multicast transmission or transmitted in a channel specially designed for multicast.
  • group radio network temporary identifier group radio network temporary identifier
  • Receiving by multicast transmission means that when sending by multicast, one of the multiple terminal devices receives the PDU according to G-RNTI; or one of the multiple terminal devices receives the PDU according to the G-RNTI;
  • the radio bearer established by the multicast transmission receives or receives PDUs on the channel used for the multicast transmission.
  • multicast is a specific method of multicast, therefore, multicast may also be referred to as multicast.
  • Sending by unicast transmission means: when a certain access network device sends the TB corresponding to the PDU, it uses the cell network temporary identifier (C-RNTI) to scramble the PDU , Or scramble the DCI corresponding to the PDU, and only one terminal device receives the same PDU according to the C-RNTI; or the unicast transmission of the PDU can mean that the PDU is transmitted in the radio bearer established for unicast transmission or Transmission is carried out in a channel specially designed for unicast.
  • C-RNTI cell network temporary identifier
  • a terminal device receives PDUs according to C-RNTI; or a terminal device receives the PDU through the radio bearer established for unicast transmission or when it is used for unicast transmission. Receive on the channel.
  • the access network equipment and terminal equipment that communicate with each other have a certain protocol layer structure.
  • the control plane protocol layer structure may include the functions of the protocol layers such as the RRC layer, the PDCP layer, the RLC layer, the MAC layer, and the physical layer.
  • the user plane protocol layer structure may include the functions of the PDCP layer, the RLC layer, the MAC layer, and the physical layer.
  • the PDCP layer may also include a service data adaptation protocol (SDAP) layer.
  • SDAP service data adaptation protocol
  • an access network device may include a CU and a DU, and multiple DUs may be centrally controlled by a CU.
  • CU and DU can be divided according to the protocol layer of the wireless network. For example, the functions of the PDCP layer and above are set in the CU, the protocol layers below the PDCP, and the functions of the RLC layer and MAC layer are set in the DU.
  • protocol layers is just an example, and it can also be divided in other protocol layers, for example, in the RLC layer.
  • the functions of the RLC layer and above protocol layers are set in the CU, and the protocol layers below the RLC layer
  • the functions are set in the DU; or, divided in a certain protocol layer, for example, part of the functions of the RLC layer and the functions of the protocol layer above the RLC layer are set in the CU, and the remaining functions of the RLC layer and the functions of the protocol layer below the RLC layer Set in DU.
  • it can also be divided in other ways, for example, by time delay.
  • the functions that need to meet the time delay requirement for processing time are set in the DU, and the functions that do not need to meet the time delay requirement are set in the CU.
  • the first access network device determines mode switching request information, where the mode switching request information is used to request to switch the transmission mode of the first service to the first transmission mode, and the first transmission mode includes multicast or unicast.
  • the first access network device can request to switch to unicast transmission or multicast transmission through the mode switching request information, thereby realizing flexible switching of transmission modes, where the first transmission mode is an example for simplifying the explanation. Note, it is not limited to a specific transmission mode.
  • multicast and multicast transmission modes can be equivalent; the unicast and unicast transmission modes can be equivalent.
  • the data packet constituting the first service may be at least one data packet.
  • the first service may also become a multicast service, and the multicast service may be a multimedia broadcast multicast service (MBMS).
  • the multicast transmission method may include MBSFN transmission or SC-PTM transmission or MC-PTM transmission.
  • the first access network device may send mode switching request information to the second access network device, including but not limited to the following three situations:
  • Case 1 When the first access network device obtains the measurement result through the terminal device and determines that the transmission mode switching needs to be performed according to the quality result, the first access network device determines to send the mode switching request information to the second access network device.
  • Case 2 When the first access network device receives request information from the terminal device, and the request information is used to request the first access network device to perform transmission mode switching, the first access network device determines to transfer to the second access network device. The device sends a mode switching request message.
  • Case 3 When the first access network device receives the transmission mode switching instruction information from the core network device, the first access network device determines to send the mode switching request information to the second access network device.
  • S320 The first access network device sends mode switching request information to the second access network device, and the second access network device receives the mode switching request information from the first access network device.
  • the first access network device may send mode switching request information to the second access network device. Including but not limited to the following scenarios:
  • the first access network device When the transmission mode of the first access network device is the first transmission mode, the first access network device sends mode switching request information to the second access network device. For example, when the first access network device communicates in unicast, it may request the second access network device to switch to multicast transmission.
  • the first access network device When the current transmission mode of the first access network device is turned off, the first access network device sends mode switching request information to the second access network device.
  • the mode switching request information is used to indicate that the current transmission mode enters the off state, that is, it is not used. Transfer data in any transfer mode.
  • the first access network device When the transmission mode of the first access network device is switched to the first transmission mode, the first access network device sends mode switching request information to the second access network device.
  • S330 The second access network device sends response information of the mode switching request information to the first access network device, and the first access network device receives the response information of the mode switching request information from the second access network device.
  • the mode switching request information is used to request the first access network device to switch the transmission mode of the first service to the first transmission mode.
  • the response information of the mode switching request information indicates whether the second access network device accepts the first access network device to switch the transmission mode of the first service to the first transmission mode. It is understandable that, at this time, the second access network device may be the master control node of the first access network device. If the response information of the mode switching request information indicates that the second access network device accepts the first access network device to switch the transmission mode of the first service to the first transmission mode, the second access network device cooperates with the first access device to perform the first transmission mode. The transmission mode of a service is switched to the first transmission mode.
  • the response information of the mode switching request information indicates that the second access network device does not accept the first access network device to switch the transmission mode of the first service to the first transmission mode
  • the response information of the mode switching request information may carry no Reason for acceptance.
  • the response information of the mode switching request information may instruct the first access network device to switch The switching time of the first transmission mode, specifically, the first access network device may switch the transmission mode of the first service to the first transmission mode after the first time length, for example, the first time length is 10 ms.
  • the mode switching request information is used to request the second access network device to switch the transmission mode of the first service to the first transmission mode.
  • the response information of the mode switching request information indicates whether the second access network device itself switches the transmission mode of the first service to the first transmission mode. If the response information of the mode switching request information indicates that the second access network device accepts itself to switch the transmission mode of the first service to the first transmission mode, the second access network device switches the transmission mode of the first service to the first transmission mode.
  • the mode switching request information can be carried in a new message or in any message in the existing process.
  • the mode switching request information can be carried in the figure.
  • the response information of the mode switching request information can be carried in a new message or in any message in the existing process.
  • the mode switching request information can be carried in the switching request message in Figure 4 In the response message.
  • the first access network device can send mode switching request information to the second access network device, so that the first access network device or the second access network device can switch the first service
  • the transmission mode of is the first transmission mode, which can flexibly switch the transmission mode according to diversified communication requirements, thereby improving transmission efficiency.
  • Method 500 for transmitting data will be described with reference to FIG. 5 taking the first transmission mode as unicast and the current transmission mode of the first access network device as MBSFN transmission as an example.
  • Method 500 includes:
  • the first access network device determines mode switching request information, where the mode switching request information is used to request to switch the transmission mode of the first service of the first access network device to unicast.
  • the scenarios in which the first access network device performs S520 include but are not limited to the following three scenarios:
  • Case 1 When the first access network device obtains the measurement result through the terminal device and determines that the transmission mode switching needs to be performed according to the quality result, the first access network device determines to send the mode switching request information to the second access network device.
  • Case 2 When the first access network device receives request information from the terminal device, and the request information is used to request the first access network device to perform transmission mode switching, the first access network device determines to transfer to the second access network device. The device sends a mode switching request message.
  • Case 3 When the first access network device receives the transmission mode switching instruction information from the core network device, the first access network device determines to send the mode switching request information to the second access network device.
  • S520 The first access network device sends mode switching request information to the second access network device, and the second access network device receives the mode switching request information from the first access network device.
  • the second access network device may disconnect the MBSFN for performing MBSFN with the first access network device after receiving the mode switching request information. Transmission connection, at this time, the second access network device may be the control node of the first access network device.
  • the second access network device may disconnect the connection used for MBSFN transmission with the first access network device.
  • the first access network device sends first indication information to the core network device, and the core network device receives first indication information from the first access network device.
  • the first indication information instructs the core network device to activate the first transmission channel.
  • a transmission channel is used for the core network device to transmit the first service to the first access network device.
  • the foregoing first transmission channel may be the transmission path of the PDU session (session) between the core network device and the first access network device, the transmission path of the QoS flow, the transmission path of the GTP tunnel, or the transmission of other types of services. path.
  • the foregoing first indication information may instruct the core network device to establish the first transmission channel.
  • the function of the first indication information is to enable the core network device to normally transmit the first service whether it is the newly established first transmission channel or the activated first transmission channel.
  • S540 Activate the first transmission channel according to the first indication information.
  • the data packet of the first service sent by the first access network device to the terminal device through unicast originates from the first transmission channel.
  • the first access network device sends second indication information to the core network device, and the core network device receives second indication information from the first access network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the first data packet and the first data
  • the package is the first service transmitted by the core network device to the first access network device after the first access network device switches the transmission mode of the first service to the first transmission mode or after the core network device activates the first transmission channel The first packet.
  • the first access network device when the first access network device is performing MBSFN transmission, it determines the last data packet of the first service for MBSFN transmission, and the sequence number of the last data packet is X. When the first access network device performs S520 After that, the first access network device determines that the sequence number of the first data packet of the first service to be unicast transmission is X+1, that is, the first sequence number of the first data packet is X+1. In this way, the continuity of the data packets of the first service can be guaranteed, and the loss of the data packets can be avoided, thereby improving the transmission efficiency.
  • the second indication information includes a first sequence number (sequence number, SN), and the first sequence number is used to indicate the sequence of the first data packet in at least one data packet of the first service.
  • the sequence number of each data packet in at least one data packet of the first service is uniformly configured by the core network device. In other words, the sequence of at least one data packet of the first service is uniformly configured by the core network device or the data server.
  • the header of each data packet may include a sequence number, and the sequence number is used to indicate the sequence of the corresponding data packet in at least one data packet of the first service.
  • the first sequence number is the first data packet.
  • the first sequence number is dedicated to indicating the sequence of the first data packet.
  • the first sequence number is indicated by a sequence number field in a message, and the sequence number field is The newly added field or the sequence number field reuses reserved fields or bits.
  • the core network device sends the first data packet to the first access network device through the first transmission channel.
  • the core network device may continue to send data packets after the first data packet after sending the first data packet.
  • S530 and S550 can be carried in one message, and can also be carried in different messages and sent at the same time, or sent in a sequential order, which is not limited in this embodiment of the application.
  • the method 500 further includes: step S570.
  • the second access network device sends third indication information to the first access network device, the third indication information indicates the second data packet, and the second data packet is Before the first access network device switches the transmission mode of the first service to the first transmission mode, the second access network device transmits the last data packet of the first service to the first access network device.
  • S550 includes: after receiving the third instruction information from the second access network device, the first access network device sends second instruction information to the core network device according to the third instruction information.
  • S550 includes two implementation methods.
  • the first method is that after the first access network device performs S520, it can determine the second instruction information by itself, and the second method is that after S570, execute according to the third instruction information in S570.
  • the third indication information includes a second sequence number, and the second sequence number is used to indicate the sequence of the second data packet in the at least one data packet of the first service.
  • the sequence number of each data packet in at least one data packet of the first service is uniformly configured by the core network device. In other words, the sequence of at least one data packet of the first service is uniformly configured by the core network device.
  • the second access network device determines the last data packet of the first service for MBSFN transmission, and the sequence number of the last data packet is X, that is, the second sequence number of the second data packet is X.
  • the second access network device sends third indication information to the first access network device, and the third indication information indicates X.
  • the first access network device determines, according to X indicated by the third indication information, that the sequence number of the first data packet of the first service to be unicast transmission is X+1, that is, the first sequence number of the first data packet is X +1, the sequence number of the first data packet indicated by the second indication information sent to the core network by the first access network device in S550 is X+1, and the sequence number sent by the core network device to the first access network device is The first data packet of X+1. In this way, the continuity of the data packets of the first service can be guaranteed, and the loss of the data packets can be avoided, thereby improving the transmission efficiency.
  • the third indication information may be response information of the mode switching request information in method 300; optionally, the third indication information may be response information independent of the mode switching request information in method 300, In this case, the method 500 may further include the second access network device sending response information of the mode switching request information to the first access network device.
  • S510 and S520 and the response information of the second access network device sending the mode switching request information to the first access network device may exist as a separate embodiment, independent of S530-S580.
  • the transmission mode of the first access network device can be switched to unicast transmission.
  • the second access network device determines the access of the service terminal device according to the measurement report reported by the terminal device.
  • the network device is switched to the first access network device, the second access network device can send a handover request message (such as the handover request message in Figure 4) to the first access network device, and the first access network device can send a handover request message to the second access network device.
  • the network-connected device sends a confirmation message of the switching request message (such as the confirmation message of the switching request message in FIG. 4), and the confirmation message of the switching request message may include the mode switching request information in S520.
  • the mode switching request information in S520 may also be carried in any message sent by the first access network device to the second access network device, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application, which can save signaling overhead.
  • FIG. 4 the mode switching request information in S520 may also be carried in any message sent by the first access network device to the second access network device, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application, which can save signaling overhead.
  • the handover command sent to the terminal device carries the transmission mode instructing the first access network device to switch the first service It is unicast instruction information, so that the terminal device can better receive the data sent by the first access network device.
  • the second access network device may switch the transmission mode of the first service to unicast according to the first access network device, and decide to forward a data packet of a certain protocol layer to the first access network device, for example, it may forward RLC layer data Packet or PDCP layer data packet.
  • the first access network device determines the processing mode of each protocol stack layer according to the scheduling situation of its own time-frequency resource, network load situation and channel quality condition of the received first data packet, and finally sends the processed data packet To the terminal equipment.
  • the first access network device determines the processing mode of each protocol stack according to its own time-frequency resource scheduling situation, network load situation, and channel quality conditions for the data packets after the first data packet received from the core device, Send the processed first data packet to the terminal device.
  • the first access network device requests to switch the transmission mode of the first access network device to unicast by sending mode switching request information to the second access network device, so that the transmission from MBSFN to Switching of unicast transmission.
  • the second indication information sent by the first access network device to the core network device can ensure the continuity of the first service, thereby improving transmission efficiency.
  • Method 600 includes:
  • the first access network device determines mode switching request information, where the mode switching request information is used to request to switch the transmission mode of the first service of the first access network device to MBSFN transmission.
  • the scenarios in which the first access network device executes S620 include but are not limited to the following three scenarios:
  • Case 1 When the first access network device obtains the measurement result through the terminal device and determines that the transmission mode switching needs to be performed according to the quality result, the first access network device determines to send the mode switching request information to the second access network device.
  • Case 2 When the first access network device receives request information from the terminal device, and the request information is used to request the first access network device to perform transmission mode switching, the first access network device determines to transfer to the second access network device. The device sends a mode switching request message.
  • Case 3 When the first access network device receives the transmission mode switching instruction information from the core network device, the first access network device determines to send the mode switching request information to the second access network device.
  • S620 The first access network device sends mode switching request information to the second access network device, and the second access network device receives the mode switching request information from the first access network device.
  • the second access network device after receiving the mode switching request information, establishes a connection with the first access network device for MBSFN transmission.
  • the second access network device may be the device of the first access network device.
  • the control node of course, a device other than the second access network device may also be a control node of the first access network device. If the first access network device is currently performing unicast transmission, and if the data transmitted by the first access network device using the unicast transmission mode comes from the core network device, S630 is executed. If the data transmitted by the first access network device using unicast transmission comes from the forwarding of the second access network device, the second access network device will stop forwarding for unicast transmission after receiving the mode switching request information Packets.
  • the first access network device sends first indication information to the core network device, the core network device receives first indication information from the first access network device, and the first indication information instructs the core network device to deactivate the first transmission channel.
  • the first transmission channel is used for the core network device to transmit the first service to the first access network device.
  • S640 The core network device deactivates the first transmission channel according to the first indication information.
  • the second access network device sends fourth indication information to the first access network device, and the first access network device receives the fourth indication information from the second access network device.
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the time-frequency resource and/or frequency domain resource of the third data packet of the first service sent by the first access network device to the terminal device, and processing information of the third data packet.
  • the processing information of the third data packet includes at least one of the physical layer modulation mode, modulation order, modulation and coding strategy (modulation and coding scheme, MCS) and other parameters.
  • MCS modulation and coding scheme
  • the third data packet may be sent by the second access network device to the first access network device, or sent by other devices to the first access network device, which is not described in this embodiment of the application. limited.
  • the third data packet is sent by the second access network device to the first access network device.
  • the third data packet may be media access control (MAC) protocol data Unit (protocol data unit, PDU), in other words, if the first access network device switches the transmission mode of the first service to MBSFN, the second access network device can send packet data aggregation to the first access network device.
  • the third data packet processed by the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer, radio link control (RLC) layer, and media access control (MAC) layer.
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • RLC radio link control
  • MAC media access control
  • the third data packet may be a data packet.
  • the third data packet is for the first access network device to switch the transmission mode of the first service to MBSFN transmission.
  • the third data packet may also be multiple data packets.
  • the third data packet is for the first access network device to switch the transmission mode of the first service to MBSFN transmission, and the second access network device sends the data to the first access network device. Multiple consecutive packets sent.
  • the fourth indication information may be response information of the mode switching request information in method 300; optionally, the fourth indication information may be response information independent of the mode switching request information in method 300, in this case
  • the method 600 may further include the second access network device sending response information of the mode switching request information to the first access network device.
  • S610 and S620 and the response information of the mode switching request information sent by the second access network device to the first access network device may exist as a separate embodiment, independent of S640 and S650 in the method 600.
  • the transmission mode of the first access network device can be switched to MBSFN transmission.
  • the second access network device determines the access of the service terminal device according to the measurement report reported by the terminal device.
  • the network device is switched to the first access network device, the second access network device can send a handover request message (such as the handover request message in Figure 4) to the first access network device, and the first access network device can send a handover request message to the second access network device.
  • the network-connected device sends a confirmation message of the handover request message (as shown in the confirmation message of the handover request message in FIG. 4), and the confirmation message of the handover request message may include the mode switch request information in S620.
  • the mode switching request information in S620 may also be carried in any message sent by any first access network device to the second access network device, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application, which can save signaling overhead.
  • the handover command sent to the terminal device carries the transmission mode instructing the first access network device to switch the first service
  • the instruction information transmitted for MBSFN so that the terminal device can better receive the data sent by the first access network device.
  • the second access network device can switch the transmission mode of the first service to MBSFN transmission according to the first access network device to decide to forward a data packet of a certain protocol layer to the first access network device, for example, it can forward MAC layer data Bag.
  • S650 and S630 there is no restriction on the order of S650 and S630, and S650 can be performed before or before S630 or at the same time.
  • the first access network device sends a third data packet to the terminal device according to the fourth instruction information.
  • S660 includes: the first access network device sends the third data packet to the terminal device according to the physical (physical, PHY) layer parameters of the first access network device according to the fourth indication information. For example, after the first access network device processes the third data packet at the physical layer, it sends the third data packet to the terminal device in the time domain resource and/or frequency domain resource indicated by the fourth indication information. Wherein, the first access network device processes the third data packet at the physical layer according to the physical layer parameters of the first access network device or according to the modulation mode of the physical layer included in the processing information of the third data packet, At least one of the modulation order, modulation and coding strategy (modulation and coding scheme, MCS) and other parameters, process the third data packet.
  • MCS modulation and coding scheme
  • the first access network device requests to switch the transmission mode of the first access network device to MBSFN transmission by sending mode switching request information to the second access network device, so that switching from unicast transmission can be realized. It is MBSFN transmission.
  • the second access network device may send fourth instruction information to the first access network device, and the first access network device may send third data to the first access network device according to the fourth instruction information. After the packet is processed, it is sent to the terminal device, thereby ensuring accurate MBSFN transmission.
  • the data packet of the first service is sent by the core network device to the first access network device, which is described below with reference to FIG. 7 and FIG. 8. If the first access network device adopts unicast transmission, the data packet of the first service is sent by the second access network device to the first access network device.
  • Method 700 for transmitting data will be described below with reference to FIG. 7 taking the first transmission mode as unicast transmission and the current transmission mode of the first access network device as MBSFN as an example.
  • Method 700 includes:
  • the first access network device determines mode switching request information, where the mode switching request information is used to request to switch the transmission mode of the first service of the first access network device to unicast.
  • the scenarios in which the first access network device executes S720 include but are not limited to the following three scenarios:
  • Case 1 When the first access network device obtains the measurement result through the terminal device and determines that the transmission mode switching needs to be performed according to the quality result, the first access network device determines to send the mode switching request information to the second access network device.
  • Case 2 When the first access network device receives request information from the terminal device, and the request information is used to request the first access network device to perform transmission mode switching, the first access network device determines to transfer to the second access network device. The device sends a mode switching request message.
  • Case 3 When the first access network device receives the transmission mode switching instruction information from the core network device, the first access network device determines to send the mode switching request information to the second access network device.
  • S720 The first access network device sends mode switching request information to the second access network device, and the second access network device receives the mode switching request information from the first access network device.
  • the second access network device disconnects from the first access network device for MBSFN transmission.
  • the second access network device may be the first access network device.
  • Control node the second access network device and the first access network device establish a transmission channel for forwarding data packets transmitted in a unicast manner.
  • S730 The second access network device sends the sixth data packet of the first service to the first access network device.
  • the second access network device may receive the data packet about the first service from the core network device, and then send it to the first access network device after processing or without processing, for example, sending it to the first access network device.
  • the sixth data packet may be received.
  • the sixth data packet may be a PDCP PDU or a PDCP service data unit (SDU) or an RLC PDU.
  • the second access network device can send to the first access network device that it has not been processed by the PDCP layer or that it has not been processed by the PDPC.
  • the sixth data packet processed by the RLC layer or processed by the PDCP layer and RLC but not processed by the MAC layer.
  • the sixth data packet may be a data packet.
  • the sixth data packet is for the first access network device to switch the transmission mode of the first service to unicast.
  • the third data packet can also be multiple data packets.
  • the sixth data packet is for the first access network device to switch the transmission mode of the first service to unicast, and the second access network device sends the data to the first access network device. Multiple consecutive packets sent.
  • the sixth data packet may be the response information of the mode switching request information in the method 300; optionally, the sixth data packet may be the response information independent of the mode switching request information in the method 300, in this case
  • the method 700 may further include the second access network device sending response information of the mode switching request information to the first access network device.
  • S740 The first access network device sends the processed sixth data packet to the terminal device.
  • the first access network device determines the processing mode of each protocol stack layer according to the scheduling situation of its own time-frequency resource, network load situation and channel quality condition of the received sixth data packet, and finally processes the sixth data packet after processing.
  • the data packet is sent to the terminal device.
  • the first access network device requests to switch the transmission mode of the first access network device to unicast by sending the mode switching request information to the second access network device, so that the transmission from MBSFN to Switching of unicast transmission.
  • the sixth data packet of the first service transmitted by the first access network device through unicast originates from the second access network device.
  • the first access network device uses the processing methods of each protocol stack layer to process the sixth data packet and send it to the terminal device, which can ensure the continuity of the first service, thereby improving transmission efficiency.
  • the signaling overhead caused by establishing the transmission channel between the first access network device and the core network device is also avoided.
  • Method 800 for data transmission is described below with reference to FIG. 8 taking the first transmission mode as MBSFN transmission and the current transmission mode of the first access network device as unicast as an example.
  • Method 800 includes:
  • the first access network device determines mode switching request information, where the mode switching request information is used to request to switch the transmission mode of the first service of the first access network device to MBSFN transmission.
  • the scenarios in which the first access network device performs S820 include but are not limited to the following three scenarios:
  • Case 1 When the first access network device obtains the measurement result through the terminal device and determines that the transmission mode switching needs to be performed according to the quality result, the first access network device determines to send the mode switching request information to the second access network device.
  • Case 2 When the first access network device receives request information from the terminal device, and the request information is used to request the first access network device to perform transmission mode switching, the first access network device determines to transfer to the second access network device. The device sends a mode switching request message.
  • Case 3 When the first access network device receives the transmission mode switching instruction information from the core network device, the first access network device determines to send the mode switching request information to the second access network device.
  • S820 The first access network device sends mode switching request information to the second access network device, and the second access network device receives the mode switching request information from the first access network device.
  • the second access network device after receiving the mode switching request information, establishes a connection with the first access network device for MBSFN transmission.
  • the second access network device may be the device of the first access network device. Control node.
  • the second access network device disconnects the connection for unicast transmission with the first access network device.
  • the data currently being unicast transmitted by the first access network device originates from the second access network device.
  • the second access network device sends the fourth indication information and the third data packet to the first access network device, and the first access network device receives the fourth indication information and the third data packet from the second access network device.
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the time-frequency resource and/or frequency domain resource of the third data packet of the first service sent by the first access network device to the terminal device, and processing information of the third data packet.
  • the processing information of the third data packet includes at least one of the physical layer modulation mode, modulation order, modulation and coding strategy (modulation and coding scheme, MCS) and other parameters.
  • MCS modulation and coding scheme
  • the second access network device may receive the data packet about the first service from the core network device, and then send it to the first access network device after processing or without processing, for example, sending the third data packet to the first access network device. Access network equipment.
  • the second access network device carries the fourth indication information and the third data packet in one message and sends it to the first access network device, or it can be carried in a different message to the first access network device. send.
  • the fourth instruction information and/or the third data packet may be the response information of the mode switching request information in the method 300; optionally, the fourth instruction information and/or the third data packet may be independent of the method 300
  • the method 800 may further include the second access network device sending response information of the mode switching request information to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device sends a third data packet to the terminal device according to the fourth instruction information.
  • S840 includes: the first access network device sends a third data packet to the terminal device according to the physical (physical, PHY) layer parameters of the first access network device according to the fourth indication information. For example, after the first access network device processes the third data packet at the physical layer, it sends the third data packet to the terminal device in the time domain resource and/or frequency domain resource indicated by the fourth indication information. Wherein, the first access network device processes the third data packet at the physical layer according to the physical layer parameters of the first access network device or according to the modulation mode of the physical layer included in the processing information of the third data packet, At least one of the modulation order, MCS and other parameters is used to process the third data packet.
  • the first access network device requests to switch the transmission mode of the first access network device to MBSFN transmission by sending the mode switching request information to the second access network device, so that unicast transmission can be realized. Switch to MBSFN transmission.
  • the second access network device may send fourth instruction information to the first access network device, and the first access network device may send the fourth instruction information to the first access network device according to the fourth instruction information.
  • the network access device processes the third data packet and sends it to the terminal device, thereby ensuring accurate MBSFN transmission.
  • the signaling overhead caused by establishing the transmission channel between the first access network device and the core network device is also avoided.
  • the mode switching request information is used to request to switch the transmission mode of the first service of the first access network device as MBSFN transmission. It can also be understood that the mode switching request information is used to request the first access. The network access device stops using unicast to transmit the first service. Similarly, the mode switching request information used to request to switch the transmission mode of the first service of the first access network device to unicast can also be understood as the mode switching request information used to request the first access network device to stop using MBSFN transmission.
  • method 500-method 800 does not limit the transmission mode of the first access network device that requires the second access network device's consent to switch the first service:
  • the meaning of the first transmission mode can be that the first access network device makes a decision to switch the transmission mode of the first service to the first transmission mode, and then notifies the second access network device, so that the second access network device can be Perform a corresponding operation to cooperate with the first access network device to switch the transmission mode of the first service to the first transmission mode.
  • the first access network device determines the mode switching request information, and uses the mode switching request information to request the second access network device to switch the transmission mode of the first service to the first mode.
  • the second access network device can act as a control node to determine that the transmission mode for switching the first service is the first transmission mode.
  • Method 900 includes:
  • the second access network device determines fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to instruct to switch the transmission mode of the first service of the first access network device to unicast.
  • the fifth instruction information may also indicate that the transmission mode of the first service of the second access network device is unicast. In this way, the first access network device determines that the second access network device does not use MBSFN according to the fifth instruction information.
  • the first access network device itself also determines not to use MBSFN to transmit the first service, and therefore uses unicast to transmit the first service.
  • the fifth instruction information can directly instruct the first access network device to switch the transmission mode of the first service to unicast, or indirectly indicate by instructing the second access network device to switch the transmission mode of the first service to unicast. Switch the transmission mode of the first service of the first access network device to unicast.
  • the scenarios in which the second access network device can perform S920 include but are not limited to the following three scenarios:
  • Case 1 When the second access network device obtains the measurement result through the terminal device and determines that the transmission mode switching needs to be performed according to the quality result, the second access network device determines to send the fifth instruction information to the first access network device.
  • Case 2 When the second access network device receives request information from the terminal device, and the request information is used to request the second access network device to perform transmission mode switching, the second access network device determines to send to the first access network device. The device sends fifth instruction information.
  • the second access network device determines to send the fifth instruction information to the first access network device.
  • S920 The second access network device sends fifth instruction information to the first access network device, and the first access network device receives the fifth instruction information from the second access network device.
  • the first access network device sends response information of the fifth indication information to the second access network device, and the response information of the fifth indication information is used to confirm the first The access network device does not accept to switch the first transmission mode of the first service to unicast.
  • S910-S930 may exist as a separate embodiment that does not depend on S940-S980 in method 900.
  • the transmission mode of the first access network device can be switched to unicast transmission.
  • the second access network device determines the access of the service terminal device according to the measurement report reported by the terminal device.
  • the network device is switched to the first access network device, the second access network device may send a handover request message (such as the handover request message in Figure 4) to the first access network device, and the second access network device may send the switch in S920
  • the fifth indication information is carried in the handover request message and sent to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device can send a handover request message confirmation message to the second access network device (as shown in Figure 4, handover request message confirmation Message), the confirmation message of the handover request message may include the confirmation information of the fifth indication information in S930, which can save signaling overhead.
  • the fifth indication information in S920 may also be carried in a message sent by any second access network device to the first access network device, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the confirmation information of the fifth indication information in S930 may also be carried in any message sent by the first access network device to the second access network device, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the handover command sent to the terminal device carries the transmission mode instructing the first access network device to switch the first service It is unicast instruction information, so that the terminal device can better receive the data sent by the first access network device.
  • the second access network device may switch the transmission mode of the first service to unicast according to the first access network device, and decide to forward a data packet of a certain protocol layer to the first access network device, for example, it may forward RLC layer data Packet or PDCP layer data packet.
  • the second access network device sends sixth indication information to the core network device, where the sixth indication information is used to instruct the core network device to activate the first transmission channel, and the first transmission channel is used for the core network device to transmit to the first access network device Transmission of the first business.
  • the core network device activates the first transmission channel according to the sixth indication information.
  • the sixth indication information may be the first indication information in the method 500 and the method 600. The difference is that the first indication information in the method 500 and the method 600 comes from the first access network device, and the sixth indication in the method 900 The information comes from the second access network device.
  • S960 Send seventh indication information to the core network device, the core network device receives the seventh indication information, the seventh indication information is used to indicate the fourth data packet, and the fourth data packet is before the first access network device switches to unicast Or before the core network device activates the first transmission channel, the second access network device transmits the last data packet of the first service to the first access network device.
  • the seven indication information includes a third sequence number
  • the third sequence number is used to indicate the sequence of the fourth data packet in at least one data packet of the first service.
  • the sequence number of each data packet in at least one data packet of the first service is uniformly configured by the core network device.
  • the sequence of at least one data packet of the first service is uniformly configured by the core network device. It is understandable that, in S960, if the first access network device and the second access network device are performing MBSFN transmission, after the second access network device as the control node determines that it does not perform MBSFN transmission, the others will be The first access network device in which the second access network device jointly performs MBSFN transmission of the first service cannot perform MBSFN transmission. Therefore, the fourth data packet may also be the first service transmitted by the second access network device to the first access network device before the second access network device switches to unicast or before the core network device activates the first transmission channel. The last packet.
  • S940 and S960 can be carried in one message, or can be carried in different messages and sent at the same time, or sent in a sequential order, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the core network device sends a fifth data packet to the first access network device through the first transmission channel according to the seventh indication information, where the fifth data packet is switched to by the first access network device After unicast or after the core network device activates the first transmission channel, the core network device transmits the first data packet of the first service to the first access network device. Optionally, the core network device may continue to send data packets after the fifth data packet after sending the fifth data packet.
  • the second access network device when the second access network device is performing MBSFN transmission, it determines the last data packet of the first service for MBSFN transmission, and the sequence number of the last data packet is X, that is, the seventh data packet sent to the core network device.
  • the indication information indicates that the third sequence number of the fourth data packet is X.
  • the core network device determines according to the seventh instruction information that the sequence number of the first data packet of the first service to be unicast transmission is X+1, that is, the first data packet of the fifth data packet. Fourth, the serial number is X+1, and the core network device sends the fifth data packet with the serial number X+1 to the first access network device. In this way, the continuity of the data packet of the first service can be avoided, and the loss of the data packet can be avoided, thereby improving the transmission efficiency.
  • the second access network device may send seventh indication information to the first access network device, and the first access network device sends eighth indication information to the core network device according to the seventh indication information,
  • the eighth indication information is used to indicate a fifth data packet, and the fifth data packet indicates that after the first access network device is switched to the first transmission mode, the core network device sends the information to the first transmission mode.
  • the second access network device can directly send the seventh instruction information to the core network device, and the core network device determines to access the first access network device according to the seventh instruction information from the second access network device.
  • the first data packet sent by the network device is the fifth data packet, or the second access network device may send seventh indication information to the first access network device, and the first access network device determines the core according to the seventh indication information
  • the first data packet sent by the network device to the first access network device is the fifth data packet, and the first access network device sends eighth indication information to the core network device.
  • the eighth indication information is used to indicate the fifth data. Bag.
  • the eighth indication information includes a fourth sequence number, and the fourth sequence number is used to indicate the sequence of the fifth data packet in the at least one data packet of the first service.
  • the second access network device when the second access network device is performing MBSFN transmission, it determines the last data packet of the first service for MBSFN transmission, and the sequence number of the last data packet is X, that is, it sends to the first access network device
  • the seventh indication information of indicates that the third sequence number of the fourth data packet is X.
  • the first access network device determines according to the seventh indication information that the sequence number of the first data packet of the first service to be unicast transmission is X+1, that is, the fourth sequence number of the fifth data packet is X+1,
  • the core network device sends a fifth data packet with a sequence number of X+1 to the first access network device.
  • the continuity of the data packet of the first service can be avoided, and the loss of the data packet can be avoided, thereby improving the transmission efficiency. It is understandable that, in S970, if the first access network device and the second access network device are performing MBSFN transmission, after the second access network device as the control node determines that it does not perform MBSFN transmission, the other and the first The first access network device where the two access network devices jointly perform MBSFN transmission of the first service also cannot perform MBSFN transmission. Therefore, the fifth data packet may also be the first data packet of the first service transmitted by the core network device to the first access network device after the second access network device switches to unicast.
  • the first access network device processes the received fifth data packet according to its own protocol stack parameters and then sends it to the terminal device.
  • the first access network device determines the processing mode of each protocol stack layer according to the scheduling situation of its own time-frequency resource, network load situation, and channel quality condition of the received fifth data packet, and finally processes the fifth data packet after processing.
  • the data packet is sent to the terminal device.
  • the second access network device sends the fifth indication information to the first access network device to instruct to switch the transmission mode of the first access network device to unicast, which can realize the transmission from MBSFN to Switching of unicast transmission.
  • the seventh indication information sent by the second access network device to the core network device can ensure the continuity of the first service, or the seventh indication information sent by the second access network device to the first access network device, and,
  • the eighth instruction information sent by the first access network device to the core network device according to the seventh instruction information can ensure the continuity of the first service, thereby improving transmission efficiency.
  • a method 1000 for data transmission will be described with reference to FIG. 10 taking the first transmission mode as MBSFN transmission and the current transmission mode of the first access network device as unicast as an example.
  • Method 1000 includes:
  • the second access network device determines fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate that the transmission mode of the first service of the first access network device is MBSFN.
  • the first access network device is using unicast to transmit the first service, and the second access network device expects the first access network device and the second access network device to perform MBSFN transmission together, so
  • the fifth indication information determined by the second access network device is used to indicate that the transmission mode of the first service of the first access network device is MBSFN. It can be understood from another perspective that the second access network device is performing MBSFN transmission, and the second access network device expects the first access network device and the second access network device to perform MBSFN transmission together. Therefore, the second access network device determines The fifth instruction information may also indicate that the transmission mode of the first service of the second access network device is MBSFN transmission.
  • the first access network device determines that the second access network device uses MBSFN to transmit the first service according to the fifth instruction information.
  • Service the first access network device itself also determines that it can use MBSFN transmission and the second access network device to transmit the first service.
  • the fifth indication information can directly instruct the first access network device to switch the transmission mode of the first service to MBSFN, or it can instruct the second access network device to switch the transmission mode of the first service to MBSFN indirectly.
  • the transmission mode of the first service of an access network device is MBSFN.
  • the scenarios in which the second access network device can perform S1020 include but are not limited to the following three scenarios:
  • Case 1 When the second access network device obtains the measurement result through the terminal device and determines that the transmission mode switching needs to be performed according to the quality result, the second access network device determines to send the fifth instruction information to the first access network device.
  • Case 2 When the second access network device receives request information from the terminal device, and the request information is used to request the second access network device to perform transmission mode switching, the second access network device determines to send to the first access network device. The device sends fifth instruction information.
  • Case 3 When the second access network device receives the transmission mode switching instruction information from the core network device, the second access network device determines to send the fifth instruction information to the first access network device.
  • S1020 The second access network device sends fifth instruction information to the first access network device, and the first access network device receives the fifth instruction information from the second access network device.
  • S1030 If the first access network device supports MBSFN, the first access network device sends response information of the fifth indication information to the second access network device, and the response information of the fifth indication information is used to indicate the first access network
  • the first transmission mode for the device to switch the first service is MBSFN.
  • the first access network device if the first access network device does not support MBSFN, the first access network device sends response information of the fifth indication information to the second access network device, and the response information of the fifth indication information is used to indicate the first access network device.
  • the first transmission mode in which the network access device does not switch the first service is MBSFN.
  • S1010-S1030 may exist as a separate embodiment, independent of S1040-S1070 in method 1000.
  • the transmission mode of the first access network device can be switched to MBSFN transmission.
  • the second access network device determines the access of the service terminal device according to the measurement report reported by the terminal device.
  • the network device is switched to the first access network device, the second access network device can send a handover request message (such as the handover request message in Figure 4) to the first access network device, and the second access network device can send the switch in S1020
  • the fifth indication information is carried in the handover request message and sent to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device can send a handover request message confirmation message to the second access network device (as shown in Figure 4, handover request message confirmation Message), the confirmation message of the handover request message may include the confirmation information of the fifth indication information in S1030, which can save signaling overhead.
  • the fifth indication information in S1020 may also be carried in a message sent by any second access network device to the first access network device, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the confirmation information of the fifth indication information in S1030 may also be carried in any message sent by the first access network device to the second access network device, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the handover command sent to the terminal device carries the transmission mode instructing the first access network device to switch the first service
  • the instruction information transmitted for MBSFN so that the terminal device can better receive the data sent by the first access network device.
  • the second access network device can switch the transmission mode of the first service to MBSFN transmission according to the first access network device to decide to forward a data packet of a certain protocol layer to the first access network device, for example, it can forward MAC layer data Bag.
  • the second access network device sends sixth indication information to the core network device.
  • the sixth indication information is used to instruct the core network device to deactivate the first transmission channel.
  • the device transmits the first service.
  • S1020 and S1040 there is no restriction on the order of S1020 and S1040, and S1020 can be performed before or before S1040 or at the same time.
  • S1050 The core network device deactivates the first transmission channel according to the sixth indication information.
  • the sixth indication information may be the first indication information in the method 500 and the method 600. The difference is that the first indication information in the method 500 and the method 600 comes from the first access network device, and the sixth indication in the method 900 The information comes from the second access network device.
  • the second access network device sends the fourth indication information and the third data packet to the first access network device, and the first access network device receives the fourth indication information and the third data packet from the second access network device.
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the time-frequency resource and/or frequency domain resource of the third data packet of the first service sent by the first access network device to the terminal device, and processing information of the third data packet.
  • the processing information of the third data packet includes: physical layer processing such as modulation mode, modulation order, MCS parameters, etc.
  • the second access network device may receive the data packet about the first service from the core network device, and then send it to the first access network device after processing or without processing, for example, sending the third data packet to the first access network device. Access network equipment.
  • the third data packet may be a data packet.
  • the third data packet is for the first access network device to switch the transmission mode of the first service to MBSFN transmission.
  • the third data packet may also be multiple data packets.
  • the third data packet is for the first access network device to switch the transmission mode of the first service to MBSFN transmission, and the second access network device sends the data to the first access network device. Multiple consecutive packets sent.
  • the second access network device carries the fourth indication information and the third data packet in one message and sends it to the first access network device, or it can be carried in a different message to the first access network device. send.
  • the first access network device sends a third data packet to the terminal device according to the fourth instruction information.
  • S1070 includes: after the first access network device processes the third data packet at the physical layer, sending the third data packet to the terminal device after the time domain resource and/or frequency domain resource indicated by the fourth indication information.
  • the first access network device processes the third data packet at the physical layer according to the physical layer parameters of the first access network device or according to the modulation mode of the physical layer included in the processing information of the third data packet, At least one of the modulation order, modulation and coding scheme (modulation and coding scheme, MCS) and other parameters, the third data packet is processed
  • the transmission mode of the first service of the first access network device is MBSFN transmission, which can also be understood as that the fifth indication information is used to instruct the first access network device to stop using unicast to transmit the first service.
  • the fifth indication information is used to instruct to switch the transmission mode of the first service of the second access network device to MBSFN transmission, which can also be understood as the fifth indication information used to instruct the second access network device to stop using unicast to transmit the first service.
  • the fifth indication information is used to instruct to switch the transmission mode of the first service of the first access network device to unicast, and it can also be understood that the fifth indication information is used to instruct the first access network device to stop using MBSFN transmission.
  • the fifth indication information is used to instruct to switch the transmission mode of the first service of the second access network device to unicast, and it can also be understood that the fifth indication information is used to instruct the second access network device to stop using MBSFN transmission.
  • the second access network device sends the fifth instruction information to the first access network device to instruct to switch the transmission mode of the first access network device to MBSFN transmission, which can realize the unicast transmission Switch to MBSFN transmission.
  • the second access network device may send fourth instruction information to the first access network device, and the first access network device may send the fourth instruction information to the first access network device according to the fourth instruction information.
  • the network access device processes the third data packet and sends it to the terminal device, thereby ensuring accurate MBSFN transmission.
  • the signaling overhead caused by establishing the transmission channel between the first access network device and the core network device is also avoided.
  • a data packet is forwarded through two different paths, and the data packets on the two paths may include the same packet headers with different payloads.
  • the first data packet in S560 and S580 may be a data packet obtained by processing in different ways, and the first data packet in S560 and S580 may include the same payload and different headers; for example, the first data packet in S730 and S740
  • the sixth data packet may be a data packet obtained by processing in different ways, and the sixth data packet in S730 and S740 includes the same header with different payloads.
  • the third data packet in S830 and S840 may be a data packet obtained by processing in different ways, and the third data packet in S830 and S840 may include the same header with different payloads.
  • the fifth data packet in S970 and S980 may be a data packet obtained by processing in different ways, and the fifth data packet in S970 and S980 may include the same header with different payloads.
  • the fifth data packet in S1060 and S1070 may be a data packet obtained by processing in different ways, and the fifth data packet in S1060 and S1070 may include the same packet header with different payloads.
  • two data packets may be data of different protocol stacks.
  • the packet, or the existence of two data packets among the first data packet, the second data packet, the third data packet, the fourth data packet, the fifth data packet, and the sixth data packet may be data packets processed by the same protocol stack.
  • the methods and operations implemented by the first access network device in the foregoing method embodiments may also be implemented by components (such as chips or circuits) that can be used in the first access network device.
  • the methods and operations implemented by the second access network device can also be implemented by components (such as chips or circuits) that can be used for the second access network device.
  • the methods and operations implemented by the core network device in each of the foregoing method embodiments It can also be implemented by components (such as chips or circuits) that can be used in the core network.
  • each network element such as a transmitting end device or a receiving end device, includes hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to each function in order to realize the above-mentioned functions.
  • the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered as going beyond the scope of protection of this application.
  • the embodiments of the present application can divide the transmitting end device or the receiving end device into functional modules based on the foregoing method examples.
  • each functional module can be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one process.
  • the above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is illustrative, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other feasible division methods in actual implementation. The following is an example of dividing each function module corresponding to each function.
  • FIG. 11 is a data transmission device provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • the device 1100 includes a processing unit 1110 and a transceiver unit 1120.
  • the transceiver unit 1120 can communicate with the outside, and the processing unit 1110 is used for data processing.
  • the transceiving unit 1120 may also be referred to as a communication interface or a communication unit.
  • the processing unit 1110 is configured to determine mode switching request information, where the mode switching request information is used to request to switch the transmission mode of the first service to the first transmission mode, and the first transmission mode includes multicast or unicast;
  • the transceiver unit 1120 is configured to send the mode switching request information to the second access network device.
  • the transceiving unit 1120 is further configured to: send first indication information to the core network device, where the first indication information is used to instruct the core network device to activate or deactivate the first transmission channel, so The first transmission channel is used by the core network equipment to transmit the first service to the device.
  • the transceiving unit 1120 is further configured to: send second indication information to the core network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate a first data packet, and the first data packet is in the After the device switches the first transmission mode, the core network device transmits the first data packet of the first service to the device.
  • the transceiving unit 1120 is further configured to: receive third indication information from the second access network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate a second data packet, and the second The data packet is the last data packet of the first service transmitted by the second access network device to the device before the device switches the first transmission mode.
  • the second indication information includes a first sequence number, and the first sequence number is used to indicate the sequence of the first data packet in at least one data packet of the first service; and /or
  • the third indication information includes a second sequence number, and the second sequence number is used to indicate the sequence of the second data packet in at least one data packet of the first service.
  • the transceiving unit 1120 is further configured to: send the third data packet to the terminal device according to the fourth instruction information, where the third data packet is a data packet of the first service, and
  • the fourth indication information comes from the second access network device and is used to indicate at least one of the following: the apparatus 1100 sends the time domain resource and/or frequency domain resource of the third data packet to the terminal device;
  • the transceiver unit 1120 is further configured to: receive response information of the mode switching request information from the second access network device, where the response information is used to confirm that the device switches the first service.
  • the transmission mode is the first transmission mode.
  • FIG. 12 is a data transmission device provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • the device 1200 includes a receiving unit 1210 and a sending unit 1220.
  • the receiving unit 1210 and the sending unit 1220 can communicate with the outside.
  • the receiving unit 1210 and the sending unit 1220 can also be referred to as a communication interface or a communication unit.
  • the device 1200 may further include a processing unit for data processing.
  • the receiving unit 1210 is configured to receive mode switching request information from the first access network device, where the mode switching request information is used to request to switch the transmission mode of the first service to the first transmission mode, and the first transmission mode includes multiple Broadcast or unicast;
  • the sending unit 1220 is configured to send response information of the mode switching request information to the first access network device.
  • the sending unit 1220 is configured to: send third indication information to the first access network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate a second data packet, and the second data packet This is the last data packet of the first service that the apparatus transmits to the first access network device before the first access network device switches the first transmission mode.
  • the third indication information includes a second sequence number, and the second sequence number is used to indicate a sequence of the second data packet in at least one data packet of the first service.
  • the sending unit 1220 is further configured to: send fourth indication information to the first access network device, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the first access The network device sends the time domain resource and/or frequency domain resource of the third data packet of the first service to the terminal device;
  • the device 1100 and the device 1200 herein are embodied in the form of functional units.
  • the term "unit” here can refer to application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), electronic circuits, processors used to execute one or more software or firmware programs (such as shared processors, proprietary processors, or groups). Processor, etc.) and memory, merged logic circuits, and/or other suitable components that support the described functions.
  • ASICs application specific integrated circuits
  • the apparatus 1100 may be specifically the first access network device in the foregoing embodiment, and may be used to execute each of the first access network device in the foregoing method embodiment. In order to avoid repetition, the process and/or steps will not be repeated here.
  • the apparatus 1200 may be specifically the second access network device in the foregoing embodiment, and may be used to execute the second access network device corresponding to the second access network device in the foregoing method embodiment. In order to avoid repetition, each process and/or step will not be repeated here.
  • the apparatus 1100 of each of the foregoing solutions has the function of implementing the corresponding steps performed by the first access network device in the foregoing method.
  • the apparatus 1200 of each of the foregoing solutions has the function of implementing the corresponding steps performed by the second access network device in the foregoing method.
  • the function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions; for example, the communication unit can be replaced by a transceiver (for example, the sending unit in the communication unit can be replaced by a transmitter, and the receiving unit in the communication unit can be replaced by a receiver. Or the communication unit can be replaced by a communication interface), and other units, such as a processing unit, can be replaced by a processor, and perform the transceiver operations and related processing operations in each method embodiment respectively.
  • the above-mentioned transceiving unit may also be a transceiving circuit (for example, it may include a receiving circuit and a transmitting circuit), and the processing unit may be a processing circuit.
  • the device in FIG. 11 may be the first access network device in the foregoing embodiment, or may be a chip or a chip system, such as a system on chip (SoC).
  • the communication unit may be an input/output circuit or a communication interface; the processing unit is a processor, microprocessor, or integrated circuit integrated on the chip. There is no limitation here.
  • the device in FIG. 11 may be the first access network device in the foregoing embodiment, or may be a chip or a chip system, such as a system on chip (SoC).
  • the communication unit may be an input/output circuit or a communication interface
  • the processing unit is a processor, microprocessor, or integrated circuit integrated on the chip. There is no limitation here.
  • the second access network device 12 may be the second access network device in the foregoing embodiment, or may be a chip or a chip system, such as a system on chip (system on chip, SoC).
  • the communication unit may be an input/output circuit or a communication interface;
  • the processing unit is a processor, microprocessor, or integrated circuit integrated on the chip. There is no limitation here.
  • FIG. 13 shows a data transmission 1300 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 1300 includes a processor 1310 and a communication interface 1320.
  • the processor 1310 and the communication interface 1320 communicate with each other through an internal connection path, and the processor 1310 is used to execute instructions to control the communication interface 1320 to send signals and/or receive signals.
  • the device 1300 may further include a memory 1330, and the memory 1330 communicates with the processor 1310 and the communication interface 1320 through an internal connection path.
  • the memory 1330 is used to store instructions, and the processor 1310 can execute the instructions stored in the memory 1330.
  • the apparatus 1300 is configured to implement each process and step corresponding to the first access network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the apparatus 1300 is configured to implement each process and step corresponding to the second access network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the apparatus 1300 may be specifically the first access network device or the second access network device in the foregoing embodiment, or may be a chip or a chip system.
  • the communication interface 1320 may be the transceiver circuit of the chip, which is not limited here.
  • the apparatus 1300 may be used to execute various steps and/or processes corresponding to the first access network device or the second access network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the memory 1330 may include a read-only memory and a random access memory, and provide instructions and data to the processor. A part of the memory may also include a non-volatile random access memory.
  • the memory can also store device type information.
  • the processor 1310 may be used to execute instructions stored in the memory, and when the processor 1310 executes the instructions stored in the memory, the processor 1310 is used to execute the above-mentioned interaction with the first access network device or the second access network device. Each step and/or process of the corresponding method embodiment.
  • each step of the above method can be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor or instructions in the form of software.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in combination with the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware processor, or executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
  • the software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field, such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware. To avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
  • the processor in the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capability.
  • the steps of the foregoing method embodiments may be completed by hardware integrated logic circuits in the processor or instructions in the form of software.
  • the above-mentioned processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components .
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • the methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented or executed.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware decoding processor, or executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field, such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), and electrically available Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • static random access memory static random access memory
  • dynamic RAM dynamic RAM
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • synchronous dynamic random access memory synchronous DRAM, SDRAM
  • double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM
  • enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM
  • synchronous connection dynamic random access memory serial DRAM, SLDRAM
  • direct rambus RAM direct rambus RAM
  • the present application also provides a computer program product, the computer program product includes: computer program code, when the computer program code runs on a computer, the computer executes the first Each step or process executed by the access network device or the second access network device.
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores program code.
  • the program code runs on a computer, the computer executes the above-mentioned embodiments. Each step or process executed by the first access network device or the second access network device.
  • the present application also provides a communication system, which includes at least two of the aforementioned first access network device, second access network device, terminal device, and core network device.
  • the embodiments shown in Fig. 11 to Fig. 13 in the above-mentioned device embodiments completely correspond to the embodiments shown in Fig. 3 to Fig. 10 in the method embodiments, and the corresponding modules or units execute the corresponding steps, such as communication
  • the unit executes the steps of receiving or sending in the method embodiment, and other steps except sending and receiving can be executed by the processing unit (processor).
  • the function of the specific unit can be based on the corresponding method embodiment. Among them, there may be one or more processors.
  • instructions can include direct instructions and indirect instructions, as well as explicit instructions and implicit instructions.
  • the information indicated by a certain piece of information is called information to be indicated.
  • the information to be indicated can be directly indicated, such as indicating the information to be indicated itself. Or the index of the information to be indicated, etc.
  • the information to be indicated can also be indicated indirectly by indicating other information, where there is an association relationship between the other information and the information to be indicated. It is also possible to indicate only a part of the information to be indicated, while other parts of the information to be indicated are known or agreed in advance. For example, it is also possible to realize the indication of specific information by means of a pre-arranged order (for example, stipulated in an agreement) of various information, so as to reduce the indication overhead to a certain extent.
  • the first, second, and various numerical numbers are only for easy distinction for description, and are not used to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present application. For example, distinguish different network slices, distinguish different network devices, and so on.
  • component used in this specification are used to denote computer-related entities, hardware, firmware, a combination of hardware and software, software, or software in execution.
  • the component may be, but is not limited to, a process, a processor, an object, an executable file, an execution thread, a program, and/or a computer running on a processor.
  • the application running on the computing device and the computing device can be components.
  • One or more components may reside in processes and/or threads of execution, and components may be located on one computer and/or distributed between two or more computers.
  • these components can be executed from various computer-readable storage media having various data structures stored thereon.
  • the component can be based on, for example, a signal having one or more data packets (e.g. data from two components interacting with another component in a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, such as the Internet that interacts with other systems through a signal) Communicate through local and/or remote processes.
  • a signal having one or more data packets (e.g. data from two components interacting with another component in a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, such as the Internet that interacts with other systems through a signal) Communicate through local and/or remote processes.
  • At least one in this document refers to one or more, and “plurality” refers to two or more than two.
  • “And/or” describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural.
  • the character “/” generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an “or” relationship.
  • the following at least one item (a) or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (a) or a plurality of items (a).
  • At least one of a, b, and c can mean: a, or b, or c, or a and b, or a and c, or b and c, or a, b and c, where a, b, c can be single or multiple.
  • the disclosed system, device, and method can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
  • the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • each functional unit may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof.
  • software When implemented by software, it can be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions (programs).
  • programs When the computer program instructions (programs) are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center. Transmission to another website, computer, server or data center via wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, and a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (SSD)).
  • the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disks or optical disks and other media that can store program codes. .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application provides a data transmission method and apparatus. In said method, a first access network device can send mode switching request information to a second access network device, so that the first access network device or the second access network device can switch the transmission mode of a first service into a first transmission mode, and then can dynamically switch between unicast transmission and multicast transmission, improving transmission flexibility. In the case of switching to the unicast transmission, a core network device determines, according to second indication information from the first access network device, a first data packet sent to the first access network device after the first access network device switches to the first transmission mode, thereby ensuring the continuity of a first service.

Description

数据传输的方法和装置Method and device for data transmission 技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信领域,并且更具体地,涉及通信领域中的数据传输的方法和装置。This application relates to the field of communications, and more specifically, to methods and devices for data transmission in the field of communications.
背景技术Background technique
现有技术中,无线通信系统为终端设备提供的下行数据传输服务一般可以分为两种:单播业务和广播多播业务。In the prior art, the downlink data transmission service provided by the wireless communication system for the terminal device can generally be divided into two types: unicast service and broadcast multicast service.
单播是一种点对点的通信,即网络设备与终端设备之间的单点通信,网络设备可以针对每个终端设备发送数据,实现个性化服务,但在终端设备数量大并且终端设备的访问流量大时,全部采用单播的数据传输方式会使网络设备不堪重负。广播多播可以支持点到多点的通信,即网络设备传输相同的数据给多个终端设备,例如手机电视服务。目前,长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)通信系统中存在多播广播单频网络(multicast broadcast single frequency network,MBSFN)和单小区-点到多点(single-cell point-to-multipoint,SC-PTM)两种多媒体广播多播业务(multimedia broadcast multicast service,MBMS)的传输模式,SC-PTM传输模式只支持单小区传输,对于移动性的支持不好,并且由于单小区的覆盖范围较小,相比单播传输的增益不明显,而MBSFN传输模式需要在广播区域中静态部署,无法支持灵活的广播区域调整。Unicast is a point-to-point communication, that is, a single point of communication between network equipment and terminal equipment. The network equipment can send data to each terminal device to achieve personalized services, but the number of terminal devices is large and the access traffic of the terminal device At large, all unicast data transmission methods will make the network equipment overwhelmed. Broadcast multicast can support point-to-multipoint communication, that is, network devices transmit the same data to multiple terminal devices, such as mobile TV services. At present, there are multicast broadcast single frequency network (MBSFN) and single-cell point-to-multipoint (single-cell point-to-multipoint, SC- PTM) Two transmission modes of multimedia broadcast multicast service (MBMS). The SC-PTM transmission mode only supports single-cell transmission, which does not support mobility, and because the coverage of a single cell is small, Compared with unicast transmission, the gain is not obvious, and the MBSFN transmission mode needs to be statically deployed in the broadcast area and cannot support flexible broadcast area adjustment.
第五代移动通信技术(the 5th generation,5G)新空口(new radio,NR)系统是LTE系统的下一代无线通信系统,随着广播多播通信模式的应用越来越广泛、传输需求多样化,为了更高效的传输新兴的广播业务,通信系统需要支持对传输模式动态部署,若一直按照配置的传输方式进行传输,则灵活性较差,无法满足通信需求。The fifth generation of mobile communication technology (the 5th generation, 5G) new radio (NR) system is the next-generation wireless communication system of the LTE system. With the application of broadcast-multicast communication modes becoming more and more extensive and transmission requirements diversified In order to transmit the emerging broadcast services more efficiently, the communication system needs to support the dynamic deployment of the transmission mode. If the transmission is always performed according to the configured transmission mode, the flexibility is poor and the communication needs cannot be met.
因此,通信系统如何能够灵活高效的配置传输模式是亟需解决的一个技术问题。Therefore, how the communication system can configure the transmission mode flexibly and efficiently is a technical problem that needs to be solved urgently.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供一种数据传输的方法和装置,能够实现动态切换传输数据的传输模式,从而提高灵活性,可以满足通信需求。The present application provides a data transmission method and device, which can dynamically switch the transmission mode of the transmitted data, thereby improving flexibility and meeting communication requirements.
第一方面,提供了一种数据传输的方法,所述方法可由第一通信装置执行,第一通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,例如芯片系统。示例性地,所述第一通信设备为第一接入网设备,所述方法包括:确定模式切换请求信息,所述模式切换请求信息用于请求切换第一业务的传输模式为第一传输模式,所述第一传输模式包括多播或单播;向第二接入网设备发送所述模式切换请求信息。In the first aspect, a method of data transmission is provided. The method may be executed by a first communication device. The first communication device may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip system. . Exemplarily, the first communication device is a first access network device, and the method includes: determining mode switching request information, where the mode switching request information is used to request to switch the transmission mode of the first service to the first transmission mode , The first transmission mode includes multicast or unicast; sending the mode switching request information to the second access network device.
在上述技术方案中,第一接入网设备可以向第二接入网设备发送模式切换请求信息,这样第一接入网设备或第二接入网设备可以切换第一业务的传输模式为第一传输模式,可以提高灵活性,也能满足多样化的通信需求。例如,第一接入网设备或第二接入网设备可以将第一业务的传输模式从单播切换为多播,又例如,第一接入网设备或第二接入网设备 可以将第一业务的传输模式从多播切换为单播。In the above technical solution, the first access network device can send the mode switching request information to the second access network device, so that the first access network device or the second access network device can switch the transmission mode of the first service to the first access network device. A transmission mode can improve flexibility and meet diversified communication requirements. For example, the first access network device or the second access network device can switch the transmission mode of the first service from unicast to multicast. For another example, the first access network device or the second access network device can switch the transmission mode of the first service to multicast. The transmission mode of a service is switched from multicast to unicast.
在一些可能的实现方式中,多播可以包括MBSFN传输。即可以第一接入网设备或第二接入网设备可以将第一业务的传输模式从单播切换为MBSFN传输,或者,第一接入网设备或第二接入网设备可以将第一业务的传输模式从MBSFN传输切换为单播。In some possible implementations, multicast may include MBSFN transmission. That is, the first access network device or the second access network device can switch the transmission mode of the first service from unicast to MBSFN transmission, or the first access network device or the second access network device can switch the transmission mode of the first service to MBSFN transmission. The transmission mode of the service is switched from MBSFN transmission to unicast.
可以理解的是,模式切换请求信息并不限定必须将第一业务的传输模式切换为第一传输模式,也可以仅仅用于将所述第一业务的传输模式关闭或者开启,而不限定所述第一业务的传输模式关闭或者开启之后所使用的传输模式,例如所述模式切换请求信息可以用于指示第一业务所用的MBSFN传输模式的关闭或者开启。本申请中虽均以切换为第一传输模式为例阐述,但所有的描述亦适用于开启或者关闭所述第一业务传输模式的场景。It is understandable that the mode switching request information does not limit that the transmission mode of the first service must be switched to the first transmission mode, and can also be used only to turn off or on the transmission mode of the first service, and does not limit the transmission mode of the first service. The transmission mode used after the transmission mode of the first service is turned off or on. For example, the mode switching request information may be used to indicate the turning off or on of the MBSFN transmission mode used by the first service. Although the switching to the first transmission mode is used as an example in this application, all the descriptions are also applicable to scenarios where the first service transmission mode is turned on or off.
在一些可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:向核心网设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述核心网设备激活或者去激活第一传输通道,所述第一传输通道用于所述核心网设备向所述第一接入网设备传输所述第一业务。其中所述第一传输通道可以是核心网设备与所述第一接入网设备之间的协议数据单元(protocol data unit,PDU)或者通用无线分组业务隧道协议(GPRS tunnel protocol,GTP)(其中GPRS为general packet radio service的缩写)隧道或者服务质量(quality of service,QoS)流(flow)或者其他类型的传输路径。这里激活的含义,可以是核心网设备与第一接入网设备之间先建立好传输通道,但是并未开始使用,在收到第一指示信息后才根据第一指示信息激活使用;或者也可以是在收到第一指示信息以后,才开始建立第一传输通道,并使用建立好的第一传输通道。其中,建立的过程可以是发送第一传输通道的相关配置信息的过程。In some possible implementation manners, the method further includes: sending first indication information to a core network device, where the first indication information is used to instruct the core network device to activate or deactivate the first transmission channel, and the first transmission channel is A transmission channel is used for the core network device to transmit the first service to the first access network device. The first transmission channel may be a protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU) between a core network device and the first access network device or a general radio packet service tunnel protocol (GPRS tunnel protocol, GTP) (wherein GPRS is the abbreviation of general packet radio service) tunnel or quality of service (QoS) flow or other types of transmission paths. The meaning of activation here can be that the transmission channel between the core network device and the first access network device is established, but the use has not been started, and the use is activated according to the first instruction information after the first instruction information is received; or also It may be that the first transmission channel starts to be established after receiving the first indication information, and the established first transmission channel is used. Wherein, the establishment process may be a process of sending relevant configuration information of the first transmission channel.
作为一种示例,如果第一传输模式包括单播,则第一指示信息用于指示核心网设备激活第一传输通道。如果第一传输模式包括多播,则第一指示信息用于指示核心网设备去激活第一传输通道。As an example, if the first transmission mode includes unicast, the first indication information is used to instruct the core network device to activate the first transmission channel. If the first transmission mode includes multicast, the first indication information is used to instruct the core network device to deactivate the first transmission channel.
在一些可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:向核心网设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示第一数据包,所述第一数据包为在所述第一接入网设备切换所述第一传输模式之后或者激活第一传输通道之后,所述核心网设备向所述第一接入网设备传输的所述第一业务的第一个数据包或者起始数据包。In some possible implementation manners, the method further includes: sending second indication information to a core network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate a first data packet, and the first data packet is in the first data packet. After the access network device switches the first transmission mode or activates the first transmission channel, the core network device transmits the first data packet of the first service to the first access network device or initiates data pack.
在一些可能的实现方式中,所述第二指示信息包括第一序列号,所述第一序列号用于指示所述第一数据包在所述第一业务的至少一个数据包中的顺序。In some possible implementation manners, the second indication information includes a first sequence number, and the first sequence number is used to indicate a sequence of the first data packet in at least one data packet of the first service.
在上述的技术方案中,核心网设备可以通过第二指示信息保证第一业务的连续性。In the above technical solution, the core network device can ensure the continuity of the first service through the second indication information.
上述的第一序列号可以为核心网设备为第一数据包分配的序列号。The aforementioned first serial number may be a serial number allocated by the core network device to the first data packet.
可选地,第一指示信息和第二指示信息可以承载在相同的消息中发送,本申请实施例中不做限定。Optionally, the first indication information and the second indication information may be carried in the same message and sent, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在一些可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:接收来自所述第二接入网设备的第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示第二数据包,所述第二数据包为在所述第一接入网设备切换所述第一传输模式之前或者激活第一传输通道之前,所述第二接入网设备向所述第一接入网设备传输的所述第一业务的最后一个数据包。In some possible implementation manners, the method further includes: receiving third indication information from the second access network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate a second data packet, and the second data packet For the first service transmitted by the second access network device to the first access network device before the first access network device switches the first transmission mode or before the first transmission channel is activated The last packet.
在一些可能的实现方式中,所述第三指示信息包括第二序列号,所述第二序列号用于指示所述第二数据包在所述第一业务的至少一个数据包中的顺序。In some possible implementation manners, the third indication information includes a second sequence number, and the second sequence number is used to indicate a sequence of the second data packet in at least one data packet of the first service.
上述的第二序列号可以为核心网设备为第二数据包分配的序列号。The foregoing second serial number may be a serial number allocated by the core network device to the second data packet.
在一些可能的实现方式中,第一接入网设备可以根据第三指示信息向核心网设备发送第二指示信息。第三指示信息指示的第二数据包为在所述第一接入网设备切换所述第一传输模式之前或者激活第一传输通道之前,所述第二接入网设备向所述第一接入网设备传输的所述第一业务的最后一个数据包,第二指示信息指示的第一数据包为在所述第一接入网设备切换所述第一传输模式之后或者激活第一传输通道之后,所述核心网设备向所述第一接入网设备传输的所述第一业务的第一个数据包。这样第一接入网设备根据切换第一传输模式之前或者激活第一传输通道之前的最后一个数据包确定切换第一传输模式之后或者激活第一传输通道之后的第一个数据包,从而可以保证第一业务的数据包的连续性。In some possible implementation manners, the first access network device may send the second indication information to the core network device according to the third indication information. The second data packet indicated by the third indication information is that before the first access network device switches the first transmission mode or before the first transmission channel is activated, the second access network device sends the data to the first access network device. The last data packet of the first service transmitted by the network access device, and the first data packet indicated by the second indication information is after the first access network device switches the first transmission mode or activates the first transmission channel Afterwards, the first data packet of the first service transmitted by the core network device to the first access network device. In this way, the first access network device determines the first data packet after switching the first transmission mode or after activating the first transmission channel according to the last data packet before switching the first transmission mode or before activating the first transmission channel, thereby ensuring that The continuity of data packets of the first service.
可选地,第二数据包和第一数据包为序列号连续的两个数据包,例如第二数据包的序列号为X,则第一数据包的序列号为X+1。因此,在一定程度上,第二指示信息与第三指示信息可以等同。第二指示信息指示第一数据包的序列号为X+1,则第三指示信息指示第二数据包的序列号为X,知道第二指示信息就能获知第三指示信息,知道第三指示信息就能获知第二指示信息。Optionally, the second data packet and the first data packet are two data packets with consecutive serial numbers. For example, the serial number of the second data packet is X, and the serial number of the first data packet is X+1. Therefore, to a certain extent, the second indication information and the third indication information can be equivalent. The second indication information indicates that the sequence number of the first data packet is X+1, and the third indication information indicates that the sequence number of the second data packet is X. If you know the second indication information, you can learn the third indication information and know the third indication. The information can learn the second instruction information.
在一些可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:根据第四指示信息向终端设备发送所述第三数据包,所述第三数据包为所述第一业务的数据包,所述第四指示信息来自所述第二接入网设备,用于指示以下至少一个:所述第一接入网设备向所述终端设备发送所述第三数据包的时域资源和/或频域资源;所述第三数据包的处理信息。In some possible implementation manners, the method further includes: sending the third data packet to a terminal device according to fourth instruction information, the third data packet being a data packet of the first service, and the fourth The indication information comes from the second access network device and is used to indicate at least one of the following: the time domain resource and/or frequency domain resource of the third data packet sent by the first access network device to the terminal device; Processing information of the third data packet.
可选地,第三数据包为第二接入网设备向第一接入网设备发送的。Optionally, the third data packet is sent by the second access network device to the first access network device.
第三数据包的处理信息可以包括:业务数据适配(service data adaptation protocol,SDAP)层、分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层、无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层、媒体接入控制(medium access control,MAC)层、物理(physical,PHY)层等至少一个协议层的至少一种处理方式对应的信息,处理方式包括如何执行各个协议层的功能,例如如何执行RLC层的数据包分割,以及如何执行MAC层的数据包复用等。各个协议层的完整功能可以参考3GPP官网上协议规范的内容,由于内容繁多,这里不再赘述。The processing information of the third data packet may include: service data adaptation protocol (SDAP) layer, packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) layer, radio link control (radio link control, RLC) Information corresponding to at least one processing method of at least one protocol layer such as medium access control (MAC) layer, physical (physical, PHY) layer, etc. The processing method includes how to perform the functions of each protocol layer, such as how to Perform RLC layer data packet segmentation, and how to perform MAC layer data packet multiplexing, etc. The complete function of each protocol layer can refer to the content of the 3GPP official website protocol specification, due to the large amount of content, it will not be repeated here.
在一些可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:接收来自第二接入网设备的所述模式切换请求信息的响应信息,所述响应信息用于确认所述第一接入网设备切换第一业务的传输模式为第一传输模式。In some possible implementation manners, the method further includes: receiving response information of the mode switching request information from the second access network device, where the response information is used to confirm that the first access network device switches the first access network device. The transmission mode of a service is the first transmission mode.
可选地,第三指示信息可以指示模式切换请求信息的响应信息。或者第二接入网设备可以将第三指示信息与模式切换请求信息的响应信息承载在同一消息或者不同的消息中发送给第一接入网设备。Optionally, the third indication information may indicate response information of the mode switching request information. Or the second access network device may carry the third indication information and the response information of the mode switching request information in the same message or different messages and send it to the first access network device.
第二方面,提供了一种数据传输的方法,所述方法可由第二通信装置执行,第二通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,例如芯片系统。示例性地,所述第二通信设备为第二接入网设备,所述方法包括:接收来自第一接入网设备的模式切换请求信息,所述模式切换请求信息用于请求切换第一业务的传输模式为第一传输模式,所述第一传输模式包括多播或者单播;向所述第一接入网设备发送所述模式切换请求信息的响应信息。In a second aspect, a method of data transmission is provided. The method can be executed by a second communication device. The second communication device can be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip system. . Exemplarily, the second communication device is a second access network device, and the method includes: receiving mode switching request information from the first access network device, where the mode switching request information is used to request switching of the first service The transmission mode is a first transmission mode, and the first transmission mode includes multicast or unicast; and the response information of the mode switching request information is sent to the first access network device.
在上述技术方案中,第一接入网设备可以向第二接入网设备发送模式切换请求信息,这样第一接入网设备或第二接入网设备可以切换第一业务的传输模式为第一传输模式,可 以提高灵活性,也能满足多样化的通信需求。例如,第一接入网设备或第二接入网设备可以将第一业务的传输模式从单播切换为多播,又例如,第一接入网设备或第二接入网设备可以将第一业务的传输模式从多播切换为单播。In the above technical solution, the first access network device can send the mode switching request information to the second access network device, so that the first access network device or the second access network device can switch the transmission mode of the first service to the first access network device. A transmission mode can improve flexibility and meet diversified communication requirements. For example, the first access network device or the second access network device can switch the transmission mode of the first service from unicast to multicast. For another example, the first access network device or the second access network device can switch the transmission mode of the first service to multicast. The transmission mode of a service is switched from multicast to unicast.
其中,若模式切换请求信息用于请求第一接入网设备切换第一业务的传输模式为第一传输模式,则模式切换请求信息的响应信息用于确认第二接入网设备接受第一接入网设备切换第一业务的传输模式为第一传输模式。若模式切换请求信息用于请求第二接入网设备切换第一业务的传输模式为第一传输模式,若第二接入网设备支持第一传输模式,则模式切换请求信息的响应信息用于确认第二接入网设备切换第一业务的传输模式为第一传输模式。Wherein, if the mode switching request information is used to request the first access network device to switch the transmission mode of the first service to the first transmission mode, the response information of the mode switching request information is used to confirm that the second access network device accepts the first connection. The network access device switches the transmission mode of the first service to the first transmission mode. If the mode switching request information is used to request the second access network device to switch the transmission mode of the first service to the first transmission mode, if the second access network device supports the first transmission mode, the response information of the mode switching request information is used for It is confirmed that the second access network device switches the transmission mode of the first service to the first transmission mode.
在一些可能的实现方式中,多播可以包括MBSFN传输。In some possible implementations, multicast may include MBSFN transmission.
在一些可能的实现方式中,所述模式切换请求信息的响应信息可以承载在一个新的消息中或者承载在一个现有的消息中,例如可以承载在一个切换请求消息的响应消息中。In some possible implementation manners, the response information of the mode switching request information may be carried in a new message or in an existing message, for example, it may be carried in a response message of a switching request message.
在一些可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:向所述第一接入网设备发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示第二数据包,所述第二数据包为在所述第一接入网设备切换所述第一传输模式或者激活第一传输通道之前,所述第二接入网设备向所述第一接入网设备传输的所述第一业务的最后一个数据包。In some possible implementation manners, the method further includes: sending third indication information to the first access network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate a second data packet, and the second data packet is Before the first access network device switches the first transmission mode or activates the first transmission channel, the last of the first service transmitted by the second access network device to the first access network device One packet.
在一些可能的实现方式中,所述第三指示信息包括第二序列号,所述第二序列号用于指示所述第二数据包在所述第一业务的至少一个数据包中的顺序。In some possible implementation manners, the third indication information includes a second sequence number, and the second sequence number is used to indicate a sequence of the second data packet in at least one data packet of the first service.
上述的第二序列号可以为核心网设备为第二数据包分配的序列号。The foregoing second serial number may be a serial number allocated by the core network device to the second data packet.
在一些可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:向所述第一接入网设备发送第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示以下至少一个:所述第一接入网设备向终端设备发送所述第一业务的第三数据包的时域资源和/或频域资源;所述第三数据包的处理信息。In some possible implementation manners, the method further includes: sending fourth indication information to the first access network device, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the first access network device Send the time domain resource and/or frequency domain resource of the third data packet of the first service to the terminal device; processing information of the third data packet.
其中,第三数据包的处理信息可以包括:SDAP层、PDCP层、RLC层、MAC层和PHY层等至少一个协议层的至少一种处理方式对应的信息,处理方式包括如何执行各个协议层的功能,例如如何执行RLC层的数据包分割,以及如何执行MAC层的数据包复用等。各个协议层的完整功能可以参考3GPP官网上协议规范的内容,由于内容繁多,这里不再赘述。The processing information of the third data packet may include information corresponding to at least one processing method of at least one protocol layer such as the SDAP layer, the PDCP layer, the RLC layer, the MAC layer, and the PHY layer. The processing method includes how to perform the processing of each protocol layer. Functions, such as how to perform packet splitting at the RLC layer, and how to perform packet multiplexing at the MAC layer, etc. The complete function of each protocol layer can refer to the content of the 3GPP official website protocol specification, due to the large amount of content, it will not be repeated here.
在一些可能的实现方式中,方法还包括:向第一接入网设备发送第三数据包。In some possible implementation manners, the method further includes: sending a third data packet to the first access network device.
第三方面,提供了一种数据传输的方法,所述方法可由第二通信装置执行,第二通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,例如芯片系统。示例性地,所述第二通信设备为第二接入网设备,包括:确定第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示切换第一业务的传输模式为第一传输模式,所述第一传输模式包括多播或单播;向第一接入网设备发送所述第五指示信息。In a third aspect, a data transmission method is provided. The method can be executed by a second communication device. The second communication device may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip system. . Exemplarily, the second communication device is a second access network device, including: determining fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate that the transmission mode for switching the first service is the first transmission mode, and The first transmission mode includes multicast or unicast; sending the fifth indication information to the first access network device.
在上述技术方案中,第一接入网设备可以根据第五指示信息切换第一业务的传输模式,从而可以提高灵活性,也能满足多样化的通信需求。In the above technical solution, the first access network device can switch the transmission mode of the first service according to the fifth indication information, thereby improving flexibility and meeting diversified communication requirements.
可以理解的是,如果第一接入网设备和第二接入网设备正在进行MBSFN传输,作为控制节点的第二接入网设备确定自身不进行MBSFN传输之后,则由第二接入网设备控制的第一接入网设备也不能进行MBSFN传输。因此,第五指示信息可以指示切换第二接入网设备的第一业务的传输模式为单播,这样,第一接入网设备根据第五指示信息确定第二 接入网设备不采用MBSFN传输第一业务,同时第一接入网设备确定自身也不采用MBSFN传输第一业务,因此采用单播传输第一业务。换句话说,第五指示信息可以直接指示第一接入网设备切换第一业务的传输模式为单播,也可以通过指示第二接入网设备切换第一业务的传输模式为单播间接指示切换第一接入网设备的第一业务的传输模式为单播。这样,可以避免由第二接入网设备控制的第一接入网设备仍然进行MBSFN传输而导致的传输错误。同时也能够避免由第二接入网设备控制的第一接入网设备仍然等待来自第二接入网设备的多播数据,这样,使得第一接入网设备能够及时进行单播传输,从而可以提高传输效率。It is understandable that if the first access network device and the second access network device are performing MBSFN transmission, after the second access network device as the control node determines that it does not perform MBSFN transmission, the second access network device The controlled first access network device also cannot perform MBSFN transmission. Therefore, the fifth instruction information may indicate that the transmission mode of the first service of the second access network device is unicast. In this way, the first access network device determines that the second access network device does not use MBSFN transmission according to the fifth instruction information. The first service, and at the same time, the first access network device determines that it does not use MBSFN to transmit the first service, so it uses unicast to transmit the first service. In other words, the fifth instruction information can directly instruct the first access network device to switch the transmission mode of the first service to unicast, or indirectly indicate by instructing the second access network device to switch the transmission mode of the first service to unicast. Switch the transmission mode of the first service of the first access network device to unicast. In this way, transmission errors caused by the first access network device controlled by the second access network device still performing MBSFN transmission can be avoided. At the same time, it can also avoid that the first access network device controlled by the second access network device still waits for the multicast data from the second access network device, so that the first access network device can perform unicast transmission in time, thereby Can improve transmission efficiency.
在一些可能的实现方式中,第二接入网设备可以是第一接入网设备的控制节点。In some possible implementation manners, the second access network device may be a control node of the first access network device.
在一些可能的实现方式中,除了第二接入网设备之外的其他的设备也可以是第一接入网设备的控制节点。In some possible implementation manners, devices other than the second access network device may also be control nodes of the first access network device.
在一些可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:向核心网设备发送第六指示信息,所述第六指示信息用于指示所述核心网设备激活或者去激活第一传输通道,所述第一传输通道用于所述核心网设备向所述第一接入网设备传输所述第一业务。In some possible implementation manners, the method further includes: sending sixth indication information to a core network device, where the sixth indication information is used to instruct the core network device to activate or deactivate the first transmission channel, and the first transmission channel is A transmission channel is used for the core network device to transmit the first service to the first access network device.
如果第一传输模式为单播,则第六指示信息用于指示核心网设备激活第一传输通道。如果第一传输模式为多播,则第六指示信息用于指示核心网设备去激活第一传输通道。If the first transmission mode is unicast, the sixth indication information is used to instruct the core network device to activate the first transmission channel. If the first transmission mode is multicast, the sixth indication information is used to instruct the core network device to deactivate the first transmission channel.
在一些可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:向所述核心网设备或所述第一接入网设备发送第七指示信息,所述七指示信息用于指示第四数据包,所述第四数据包为在所述第一接入网设备或所述第二接入网设备切换所述第一传输模式之前或者激活第一传输通道之前,所述第二接入网设备向所述第一接入网设备传输的所述第一业务的最后一个数据包。In some possible implementation manners, the method further includes: sending seventh indication information to the core network device or the first access network device, where the seventh indication information is used to indicate a fourth data packet, and the The fourth data packet is that before the first access network device or the second access network device switches the first transmission mode or before the first transmission channel is activated, the second access network device sends the data to the The last data packet of the first service transmitted by the first access network device.
在一些可能的实现方式中,所述第七指示信息包括第三序列号,所述第三序列号用于指示所述第四数据包在所述第一业务的至少一个数据包中的顺序。In some possible implementation manners, the seventh indication information includes a third sequence number, and the third sequence number is used to indicate a sequence of the fourth data packet in at least one data packet of the first service.
上述的第三序列号可以为核心网设备为第四数据包分配的序列号。The foregoing third sequence number may be a sequence number allocated by the core network device to the fourth data packet.
在一些可能的实现方式中,如果第二接入网设备向核心网设备发送第六指示信息和第七指示信息,则第六指示信息和第七指示信息可以承载在一个消息中,也可以承载在不同的消息中。In some possible implementation manners, if the second access network device sends the sixth indication information and the seventh indication information to the core network device, the sixth indication information and the seventh indication information can be carried in one message or carried In different news.
在一些可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:接收来自第一接入网设备的所述第五指示信息的响应信息,所述响应信息用于确认所述第一接入网设备切换所述第一业务的传输模式为第一传输模式。In some possible implementation manners, the method further includes: receiving response information of the fifth indication information from the first access network device, where the response information is used to confirm that the first access network device is handed over. The transmission mode of the first service is the first transmission mode.
在一些可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:向所述第一接入网设备发送第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示以下至少一个:所述第一接入网设备向终端设备发送所述第一业务的第三数据包的时域资源和/或频域资源;所述第三数据包的处理信息。In some possible implementation manners, the method further includes: sending fourth indication information to the first access network device, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the first access network device Send the time domain resource and/or frequency domain resource of the third data packet of the first service to the terminal device; processing information of the third data packet.
其中,第三数据包的处理信息可以包括:SDAP层、PDCP层、RLC层、MAC层和PHY层等至少一个协议层的至少一种处理方式对应的信息,处理方式包括如何执行各个协议层的功能,例如如何执行RLC层的数据包分割,以及如何执行MAC层的数据包复用等。各个协议层的完整功能可以参考3GPP官网上协议规范的内容,由于内容繁多,这里不再赘述。The processing information of the third data packet may include information corresponding to at least one processing method of at least one protocol layer such as the SDAP layer, the PDCP layer, the RLC layer, the MAC layer, and the PHY layer. The processing method includes how to perform the processing of each protocol layer. Functions, such as how to perform packet splitting at the RLC layer, and how to perform packet multiplexing at the MAC layer, etc. The complete function of each protocol layer can refer to the content of the 3GPP official website protocol specification, due to the large amount of content, it will not be repeated here.
第四方面,提供了一种数据传输的方法,所述方法可由第一通信装置执行,第一通信 装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,例如芯片系统。示例性地,所述第一通信设备为第一接入网设备,包括:接收来自第二接入网设备的第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示切换第一业务的传输模式为第一传输模式,所述第一传输模式包括多播或单播。In a fourth aspect, a data transmission method is provided. The method may be executed by a first communication device. The first communication device may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip system. . Exemplarily, the first communication device is a first access network device, including: receiving fifth instruction information from a second access network device, where the fifth instruction information is used to instruct to switch the transmission mode of the first service It is the first transmission mode, and the first transmission mode includes multicast or unicast.
在上述技术方案中,第一接入网设备可以根据第五指示信息切换第一业务的传输模式,从而可以提高灵活性,也能满足多样化的通信需求。In the above technical solution, the first access network device can switch the transmission mode of the first service according to the fifth indication information, thereby improving flexibility and meeting diversified communication requirements.
可以理解的是,如果第一接入网设备和第二接入网设备正在进行MBSFN传输,作为控制节点的第二接入网设备确定自身不进行MBSFN传输之后,则由第二接入网设备控制的第一接入网设备也不能进行MBSFN传输。因此,第五指示信息可以指示切换第二接入网设备的第一业务的传输模式为单播,这样,第一接入网设备根据第五指示信息确定第二接入网设备不采用MBSFN传输第一业务,同时第一接入网设备确定自身也不采用MBSFN传输第一业务,因此采用单播传输第一业务。换句话说,第五指示信息可以直接指示第一接入网设备切换第一业务的传输模式为单播,也可以通过指示第二接入网设备切换第一业务的传输模式为单播间接指示切换第一接入网设备的第一业务的传输模式为单播。这样,可以避免由第二接入网设备控制的第一接入网设备仍然进行MBSFN传输而导致的传输错误。同时也能够避免由第二接入网设备控制的第一接入网设备仍然等待来自第二接入网设备的多播数据,使得第一接入网设备能够及时进行单播传输,从而可以实现传输模式的动态切换、提高传输效率。It is understandable that if the first access network device and the second access network device are performing MBSFN transmission, after the second access network device as the control node determines that it does not perform MBSFN transmission, the second access network device The controlled first access network device also cannot perform MBSFN transmission. Therefore, the fifth instruction information may indicate that the transmission mode of the first service of the second access network device is unicast. In this way, the first access network device determines that the second access network device does not use MBSFN transmission according to the fifth instruction information. The first service, and at the same time, the first access network device determines that it does not use MBSFN to transmit the first service, so it uses unicast to transmit the first service. In other words, the fifth instruction information can directly instruct the first access network device to switch the transmission mode of the first service to unicast, or indirectly indicate by instructing the second access network device to switch the transmission mode of the first service to unicast. Switch the transmission mode of the first service of the first access network device to unicast. In this way, transmission errors caused by the first access network device controlled by the second access network device still performing MBSFN transmission can be avoided. At the same time, it can also avoid that the first access network device controlled by the second access network device still waits for the multicast data from the second access network device, so that the first access network device can perform unicast transmission in time, thereby achieving Dynamic switching of transmission mode improves transmission efficiency.
在一些可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:向核心网设备发送第六指示信息,所述第六指示信息用于指示所述核心网设备激活或去激活第一传输通道,所述第一传输通道用于所述核心网设备向所述第一接入网设备传输所述第一业务。In some possible implementation manners, the method further includes: sending sixth indication information to a core network device, where the sixth indication information is used to instruct the core network device to activate or deactivate the first transmission channel, and the first transmission channel is A transmission channel is used for the core network device to transmit the first service to the first access network device.
在一些可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:In some possible implementation manners, the method further includes:
接收来自第二接入网设备的第七指示信息,所述七指示信息用于指示第四数据包,所述第四数据包为在所述第一接入网设备或所述第二接入网设备切换所述第一传输模式之前,所述第二接入网设备向所述第一接入网设备传输的所述第一业务的最后一个数据包;或者所述第四数据包为核心网设备激活第一传输通道之后,第二接入网设备向第一接入网设备传输第一业务的最后一个数据包。Receive seventh indication information from a second access network device, where the seventh indication information is used to indicate a fourth data packet, where the fourth data packet is in the first access network device or the second access network device Before the network device switches the first transmission mode, the last data packet of the first service transmitted by the second access network device to the first access network device; or the fourth data packet is the core After the network device activates the first transmission channel, the second access network device transmits the last data packet of the first service to the first access network device.
在一些可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:In some possible implementation manners, the method further includes:
向核心网设备发送第八指示信息,所述第八指示信息用于指示第五数据包,所述第五数据包为在所述第一接入网设备或所述第二接入网设备切换为所述第一传输模式后,所述核心网设备向所述第一接入网设备传输的所述第一业务的第一个数据包或者首个数据包;或者所述第五数据包为核心网设备激活第一传输通道之后,核心网设备向第一接入网设备传输的第一业务的第一个数据包或首个数据包。Send eighth indication information to the core network device, where the eighth indication information is used to indicate a fifth data packet, where the fifth data packet is a handover between the first access network device or the second access network device After the first transmission mode, the first data packet or the first data packet of the first service transmitted by the core network device to the first access network device; or the fifth data packet is After the core network device activates the first transmission channel, the core network device transmits the first data packet or the first data packet of the first service to the first access network device.
在一些可能的实现方式中,所述七指示信息包括第三序列号,所述第三序列号用于指示所述第四数据包在所述第一业务的至少一个数据包中的顺序;所述第八指示信息包括第四序列号,所述第四序列号用于指示所述第五数据包在所述第一业务的至少一个数据包中的顺序。In some possible implementation manners, the seven indication information includes a third sequence number, and the third sequence number is used to indicate the sequence of the fourth data packet in at least one data packet of the first service; The eighth indication information includes a fourth sequence number, and the fourth sequence number is used to indicate the sequence of the fifth data packet in at least one data packet of the first service.
在一些可能的实现方式中,若所述第一接入网设备支持所述第一传输模式,向所述第二接入网设备发送所述第五指示信息的响应消息,所述响应信息用于确认所述第一接入网 设备切换所述第一业务的传输模式为第一传输模式。In some possible implementation manners, if the first access network device supports the first transmission mode, a response message of the fifth indication information is sent to the second access network device, and the response information is After confirming that the first access network device switches the transmission mode of the first service to the first transmission mode.
在一些可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:接收来自第二接入网设备的第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示以下至少一个:所述第一接入网设备向终端设备发送所述第一业务的第三数据包的时域资源和/或频域资源;所述第三数据包的处理信息;根据所述第四指示信息向所述终端设备发送所述第三数据包。In some possible implementations, the method further includes: receiving fourth indication information from a second access network device, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: The terminal device sends the time domain resource and/or frequency domain resource of the third data packet of the first service; the processing information of the third data packet; and sends the first data packet to the terminal device according to the fourth instruction information. Three data packets.
其中,第三数据包的处理信息可以包括:SDAP层、PDCP层、RLC层、MAC层和PHY层等至少一个协议层的至少一种处理方式对应的信息,处理方式包括如何执行各个协议层的功能,例如如何执行RLC层的数据包分割,以及如何执行MAC层的数据包复用等。各个协议层的完整功能可以参考3GPP官网上协议规范的内容,由于内容繁多,这里不再赘述。The processing information of the third data packet may include information corresponding to at least one processing method of at least one protocol layer such as the SDAP layer, the PDCP layer, the RLC layer, the MAC layer, and the PHY layer. The processing method includes how to perform the processing of each protocol layer. Functions, such as how to perform packet splitting at the RLC layer, and how to perform packet multiplexing at the MAC layer, etc. The complete function of each protocol layer can refer to the content of the 3GPP official website protocol specification, due to the large amount of content, it will not be repeated here.
第五方面,提供了一种数据传输的方法,所述方法可由第三通信装置执行,第三通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,例如芯片系统。示例性地,所述第三通信设备为核心网设备,包括:In a fifth aspect, a data transmission method is provided. The method can be executed by a third communication device. The third communication device may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip system. . Exemplarily, the third communication device is a core network device, including:
接收来自第一接入网设备或第二接入网设备的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述核心网设备激活或去激活第一传输通道,所述第一传输通道用于所述核心网设备向第一接入网设备传输所述第一业务;Receive first indication information from a first access network device or a second access network device, where the first indication information is used to instruct the core network device to activate or deactivate a first transmission channel, and the first transmission channel Used for the core network device to transmit the first service to the first access network device;
根据所述第一指示信息激活或去激活所述第一传输通道。Activate or deactivate the first transmission channel according to the first indication information.
在上述技术方案中,核心网设备可以根据第一指示信息激活第一传输通道,可以保证核心网设备利用激活的第一传输通道向第一接入网设备传输第一业务的数据,从而可以提高传输的准确性;或者核心网设备可以根据第一指示信息去激活第一传输通道,避免第一传输通道激活后不使用而造成的资源浪费,从而可以资源的利用率。In the above technical solution, the core network device can activate the first transmission channel according to the first indication information, which can ensure that the core network device uses the activated first transmission channel to transmit the data of the first service to the first access network device, thereby improving Transmission accuracy; or the core network device can deactivate the first transmission channel according to the first indication information to avoid resource waste caused by not using the first transmission channel after activation, so that resource utilization can be achieved.
在一些可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:接收所述第一接入网设备发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示第一数据包,所述第一数据包为在所述第一接入网设备切换为第一传输模式后或者所述核心网设备激活第一传输通道之后,所述核心网设备向所述第一接入网设备传输的所述第一业务的第一个数据包或首个数据包,所述第一传输模式包括多播或单播;根据所述第二指示信息通过所述第一传输通道向所述第一接入网设备发送所述第一数据包。In some possible implementation manners, the method further includes: receiving second indication information sent by the first access network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate a first data packet, and the first data packet After the first access network device switches to the first transmission mode or after the core network device activates the first transmission channel, the core network device transmits the first access network device to the first access network device. The first data packet or the first data packet of the service, the first transmission mode includes multicast or unicast; according to the second instruction information, it is sent to the first access network device through the first transmission channel The first data packet.
在一些可能的实现方式中,所述第二指示信息包括第一序列号,所述第一序列号用于指示所述第一数据包在所述第一业务的至少一个数据包中的顺序;In some possible implementation manners, the second indication information includes a first sequence number, and the first sequence number is used to indicate a sequence of the first data packet in at least one data packet of the first service;
在一些可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:接收所述第二接入网设备发送的第七指示信息,所述七指示信息用于指示第四数据包,所述第四数据包为在所述第一接入网设备或所述第二接入网设备切换所述第一传输模式之前,所述第二接入网设备向所述第一接入网设备传输的所述第一业务的最后一个数据包,或者所述第四数据包为核心网设备激活第一传输通道之前,第二接入网设备向第一接入网设备传输的第一业务的最后一个数据包;In some possible implementation manners, the method further includes: receiving seventh indication information sent by the second access network device, where the seventh indication information is used to indicate a fourth data packet, and the fourth data packet is Before the first access network device or the second access network device switches the first transmission mode, the first access network device transmitted by the second access network device to the first access network device The last data packet of the service, or the fourth data packet is the last data packet of the first service transmitted by the second access network device to the first access network device before the core network device activates the first transmission channel;
所述核心网设备根据所述第七指示信息通过所述第一传输通道向所述第一接入网设备发送第五数据包,所述第五数据包为在所述第一接入网设备或所述第二接入网设备切换为第一传输模式后,所述核心网设备向所述第一接入网设备传输的所述第一业务的第一个数据包或首个数据包,或者,第五数据包为核心网设备激活第一传输通道之后,向第一接入网设备传输的第一业务的第一个数据包或首个数据包,所述第一传输模式包括多播或单 播。The core network device sends a fifth data packet to the first access network device through the first transmission channel according to the seventh indication information, where the fifth data packet is a data packet on the first access network device Or after the second access network device switches to the first transmission mode, the core network device transmits the first data packet or the first data packet of the first service to the first access network device, Alternatively, the fifth data packet is the first data packet or the first data packet of the first service transmitted to the first access network device after the core network device activates the first transmission channel, and the first transmission mode includes multicast Or unicast.
在一些可能的实现方式中,所述七指示信息包括第三序列号,所述第三序列号用于指示所述第四数据包在所述第一业务的至少一个数据包中的顺序。In some possible implementation manners, the seven indication information includes a third sequence number, and the third sequence number is used to indicate a sequence of the fourth data packet in at least one data packet of the first service.
第六方面,提供了一种数据传输装置,例如该装置为如前所述的第一通信装置。所述装置用于执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法。具体地,所述装置可以包括用于执行第一方面或第一方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法的单元。In a sixth aspect, a data transmission device is provided, for example, the device is the first communication device as described above. The device is configured to execute the foregoing first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect method. Specifically, the device may include a unit for executing the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect.
在一些可能的实现方式中,所述装置包括处理单元和收发单元,其中所述处理单元用于确定模式切换请求信息,所述模式切换请求信息用于请求切换第一业务的传输模式为第一传输模式,所述第一传输模式包括多播或单播;所述收发单元用于向第二接入网设备发送所述模式切换请求信息。In some possible implementation manners, the device includes a processing unit and a transceiver unit, wherein the processing unit is used to determine mode switching request information, and the mode switching request information is used to request to switch the transmission mode of the first service as the first service. Transmission mode, the first transmission mode includes multicast or unicast; the transceiver unit is configured to send the mode switching request information to the second access network device.
在一些可能的实现方式中,所述收发单元用于向核心网设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述核心网设备激活或者去激活第一传输通道,所述第一传输通道用于所述核心网设备向所述装置传输所述第一业务。In some possible implementation manners, the transceiving unit is configured to send first indication information to a core network device, where the first indication information is used to instruct the core network device to activate or deactivate the first transmission channel, and the first transmission channel is A transmission channel is used for the core network equipment to transmit the first service to the device.
在一些可能的实现方式中,所述收发单元还用于向核心网设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示第一数据包,所述第一数据包为在所述装置切换所述第一传输模式之后,所述核心网设备向所述装置传输的所述第一业务的第一个数据包。In some possible implementations, the transceiving unit is further configured to send second indication information to the core network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate a first data packet, and the first data packet is used in the device After switching the first transmission mode, the core network device transmits the first data packet of the first service to the apparatus.
在一些可能的实现方式中,所述收发单元还用于接收来自所述第二接入网设备的第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示第二数据包,所述第二数据包为在所述装置切换所述第一传输模式之前,所述第二接入网设备向所述装置传输的所述第一业务的最后一个数据包。In some possible implementation manners, the transceiving unit is further configured to receive third indication information from the second access network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate a second data packet, and the second data The packet is the last data packet of the first service transmitted by the second access network device to the device before the device switches the first transmission mode.
第七方面,提供了一种数据传输装置,例如该装置为如前所述的第二通信装置。所述装置用于执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法。具体地,所述装置可以包括用于执行第二方面或第二方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法的单元。In a seventh aspect, a data transmission device is provided, for example, the device is the second communication device as described above. The device is used to execute the foregoing second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect. Specifically, the apparatus may include a unit for executing the second aspect or the method in any possible implementation manner of the second aspect.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述装置包括接收单元和发送单元,所述接收单元用于接收来自第一接入网设备的模式切换请求信息,所述模式切换请求信息用于请求切换第一业务的传输模式为第一传输模式,所述第一传输模式包括多播或者单播;所述发送单元用于向所述第一接入网设备发送所述模式切换请求信息的响应信息。In a possible implementation manner, the apparatus includes a receiving unit and a sending unit, and the receiving unit is configured to receive mode switching request information from the first access network device, and the mode switching request information is used to request to switch the first access network device. The transmission mode of a service is a first transmission mode, and the first transmission mode includes multicast or unicast; the sending unit is configured to send response information of the mode switching request information to the first access network device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述发送单元还用于向所述第一接入网设备发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示第二数据包,所述第二数据包为在所述第一接入网设备切换所述第一传输模式之前,所述装置向所述第一接入网设备传输的所述第一业务的最后一个数据包。In a possible implementation manner, the sending unit is further configured to send third indication information to the first access network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate a second data packet, and the second data The packet is the last data packet of the first service transmitted by the apparatus to the first access network device before the first access network device switches the first transmission mode.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述发送单元还用于:向所述第一接入网设备发送第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示以下至少一个:所述第一接入网设备向终端设备发送所述第一业务的第三数据包的时域资源和/或频域资源;In a possible implementation manner, the sending unit is further configured to: send fourth indication information to the first access network device, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the first access network device The network access device sends the time domain resource and/or frequency domain resource of the third data packet of the first service to the terminal device;
所述第三数据包的处理信息。Processing information of the third data packet.
第八方面,提供了一种数据传输装置,例如该装置为如前所述的第二通信装置。所述装置用于执行上述第三方面或第三方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法。具体地,所述装置可以包括用于执行第三方面或第三方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法的单元。In an eighth aspect, a data transmission device is provided, for example, the device is the second communication device as described above. The device is used to execute the foregoing third aspect or the method in any possible implementation manner of the third aspect. Specifically, the device may include a unit for executing the third aspect or the method in any possible implementation manner of the third aspect.
在一些可能的实现方式中,所述装置包括处理单元和收发单元,其中所述处理单元用 于确定第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示切换第一业务的传输模式为第一传输模式,所述第一传输模式包括多播或单播;所述收发单元用于向第一接入网设备发送所述第五指示信息。In some possible implementations, the device includes a processing unit and a transceiving unit, wherein the processing unit is used to determine fifth indication information, and the fifth indication information is used to instruct to switch the transmission mode of the first service to the first Transmission mode, the first transmission mode includes multicast or unicast; the transceiver unit is configured to send the fifth indication information to the first access network device.
在一些可能的实现方式中,所述收发单元还用于向核心网设备发送第六指示信息,所述第六指示信息用于指示所述核心网设备激活或者去激活第一传输通道,所述第一传输通道用于所述核心网设备向所述第一接入网设备传输所述第一业务。In some possible implementation manners, the transceiving unit is further configured to send sixth indication information to the core network device, where the sixth indication information is used to instruct the core network device to activate or deactivate the first transmission channel, and The first transmission channel is used by the core network device to transmit the first service to the first access network device.
在一些可能的实现方式中,所述收发单元还用于向所述核心网设备或所述第一接入网设备发送第七指示信息,所述七指示信息用于指示第四数据包,所述第四数据包为在所述第一接入网设备或所述装置切换所述第一传输模式之前,所述装置向所述第一接入网设备传输的所述第一业务的最后一个数据包。In some possible implementations, the transceiving unit is further configured to send seventh indication information to the core network device or the first access network device, and the seventh indication information is used to indicate the fourth data packet, so The fourth data packet is the last of the first service transmitted by the device to the first access network device before the first access network device or the device switches the first transmission mode data pack.
在一些可能的实现方式中,所述收发单元还用于接收来自第一接入网设备的所述第五指示信息的响应信息,所述响应信息用于指示所述第一接入网设备切换所述第一业务的传输模式为第一传输模式。In some possible implementation manners, the transceiving unit is further configured to receive response information of the fifth indication information from the first access network device, where the response information is used to instruct the first access network device to switch The transmission mode of the first service is the first transmission mode.
在一些可能的实现方式中,所述收发单元还用于所述第一接入网设备发送第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示以下至少一个:所述第一接入网设备向终端设备发送所述第一业务的第三数据包的时域资源和/或频域资源;所述第三数据包的处理信息。In some possible implementations, the transceiving unit is further configured to send fourth indication information to the first access network device, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the first access network device Send the time domain resource and/or frequency domain resource of the third data packet of the first service to the terminal device; processing information of the third data packet.
第九方面,提供了一种数据传输装置,例如该装置为如前所述的第一通信装置。所述装置用于执行上述第四方面或第四方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法。具体地,所述装置可以包括用于执行第四方面或第四方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法的单元。In a ninth aspect, a data transmission device is provided, for example, the device is the first communication device as described above. The device is used to execute the foregoing fourth aspect or any possible implementation method of the fourth aspect. Specifically, the device may include a unit for executing the fourth aspect or the method in any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect.
在一些可能的实现方式中,所述装置包括接收单元,用于接收来自第二接入网设备的第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示切换第一业务的传输模式为第一传输模式,所述第一传输模式包括多播或单播。In some possible implementation manners, the apparatus includes a receiving unit configured to receive fifth indication information from the second access network device, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate that the transmission mode of the first service is switched to the first Transmission mode, the first transmission mode includes multicast or unicast.
在一些可能的实现方式中,所述装置还包括发送单元,用于向核心网设备发送第六指示信息,所述第六指示信息用于指示所述核心网设备激活或去激活第一传输通道,所述第一传输通道用于所述核心网设备向所述装置传输所述第一业务。In some possible implementation manners, the apparatus further includes a sending unit, configured to send sixth indication information to the core network device, where the sixth indication information is used to instruct the core network device to activate or deactivate the first transmission channel , The first transmission channel is used by the core network device to transmit the first service to the device.
在一些可能的实现方式中,所述接收单元还用于接收来自第二接入网设备的第七指示信息,所述七指示信息用于指示第四数据包,所述第四数据包为在所述装置或所述第二接入网设备切换所述第一传输模式之前,所述第二接入网设备向所述装置传输的所述第一业务的最后一个数据包。In some possible implementation manners, the receiving unit is further configured to receive seventh indication information from the second access network device, where the seventh indication information is used to indicate a fourth data packet, and the fourth data packet is Before the device or the second access network device switches the first transmission mode, the last data packet of the first service transmitted by the second access network device to the device.
在一些可能的实现方式中,所述发送单元还用于向核心网设备发送第八指示信息,所述第八指示信息用于指示第五数据包,所述第五数据包为在所述装置或所述第二接入网设备切换为所述第一传输模式后,所述核心网设备向所述装置传输的所述第一业务的第一个数据包。In some possible implementation manners, the sending unit is further configured to send eighth indication information to a core network device, where the eighth indication information is used to indicate a fifth data packet, and the fifth data packet is used in the apparatus Or after the second access network device is switched to the first transmission mode, the core network device transmits the first data packet of the first service to the apparatus.
在一些可能的实现方式中,所述接收单元还用于接收来自第二接入网设备的第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示以下至少一个:所述装置向终端设备发送所述第一业务的第三数据包的时域资源和/或频域资源;所述第三数据包的处理信息;根据所述第四指示信息向所述终端设备发送所述第三数据包。In some possible implementation manners, the receiving unit is further configured to receive fourth indication information from the second access network device, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the apparatus sends all the information to the terminal device. Time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources of the third data packet of the first service; processing information of the third data packet; and sending the third data packet to the terminal device according to the fourth instruction information.
第十方面,提供了一种数据传输装置,例如该装置为如前所述的第三通信装置。所述装置用于执行上述第五方面或第五方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法。具体地,所述装 置可以包括用于执行第五方面或第五方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法的单元。In a tenth aspect, a data transmission device is provided, for example, the device is the aforementioned third communication device. The device is configured to execute the above-mentioned fifth aspect or any possible implementation method of the fifth aspect. Specifically, the device may include a unit for executing the fifth aspect or the method in any possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect.
在一些可能的实现方式中,所述装置包括收发单元和处理单元,其中所述收发单元用于接收来自第一接入网设备或第二接入网设备的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述核心网设备激活或去激活第一传输通道,所述第一传输通道用于所述核心网设备向第一接入网设备传输所述第一业务;所述处理单元用于根据所述第一指示信息激活或去激活所述第一传输通道。In some possible implementation manners, the apparatus includes a transceiving unit and a processing unit, wherein the transceiving unit is configured to receive first indication information from a first access network device or a second access network device, and the first The indication information is used to instruct the core network device to activate or deactivate a first transmission channel, where the first transmission channel is used by the core network device to transmit the first service to the first access network device; the processing unit It is used to activate or deactivate the first transmission channel according to the first indication information.
在一些可能的实现方式中,所述收发单元还用于接收所述第一接入网设备发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示第一数据包,所述第一数据包为在所述第一接入网设备切换为第一传输模式后,所述装置向所述第一接入网设备传输的所述第一业务的第一个数据包,所述第一传输模型包括多播或单播;所述收发单元还用于根据所述第二指示信息通过所述第一传输通道向所述第一接入网设备发送所述第一数据包。In some possible implementation manners, the transceiving unit is further configured to receive second indication information sent by the first access network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate a first data packet, and the first data The packet is the first data packet of the first service transmitted by the apparatus to the first access network device after the first access network device is switched to the first transmission mode, and the first transmission The model includes multicast or unicast; the transceiver unit is further configured to send the first data packet to the first access network device through the first transmission channel according to the second indication information.
在一些可能的实现方式中,所述收发单元还用于接收所述第二接入网设备发送的第七指示信息,所述七指示信息用于指示第四数据包,所述第四数据包为在所述第一接入网设备或所述第二接入网设备切换所述第一传输模式之前,所述第二接入网设备向所述第一接入网设备传输的所述第一业务的最后一个数据包;In some possible implementation manners, the transceiving unit is further configured to receive seventh indication information sent by the second access network device, where the seventh indication information is used to indicate a fourth data packet, and the fourth data packet Before the first access network device or the second access network device switches the first transmission mode, the second access network device transmits the first access network device to the first access network device The last data packet of a business;
所述收发单元还用于根据所述第七指示信息通过所述第一传输通道向所述第一接入网设备发送第五数据包,所述第五数据包为在所述第一接入网设备或所述第二接入网设备切换为第一传输模式后,所述装置向所述第一接入网设备传输的所述第一业务的第一个数据包,所述第一传输模式包括多播或单播。The transceiving unit is further configured to send a fifth data packet to the first access network device through the first transmission channel according to the seventh indication information, where the fifth data packet is used in the first access network device. After the network device or the second access network device is switched to the first transmission mode, the device transmits the first data packet of the first service to the first access network device, and the first transmission Modes include multicast or unicast.
第十一方面,提供一种通信装置,例如该通信装置为如前所述的第一通信装置。该装置包括通信接口和至少一个处理器,所述通信接口和所述至少一个处理器连接,用于实现上述第一方面或第一方面的各种可能的设计所描述的方法。示例性的,所述通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片。示例性的,所述通信设备为接入网设备。In an eleventh aspect, a communication device is provided, for example, the communication device is the first communication device as described above. The device includes a communication interface and at least one processor, and the communication interface is connected to the at least one processor, and is used to implement the method described in the first aspect or various possible designs of the first aspect. Exemplarily, the communication device is a chip provided in a communication device. Exemplarily, the communication device is an access network device.
其中,所述通信接口用于获取程序或指令,所述处理器通过运行所述程序或指令使第一种通信装置执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任意一种可能的实施方式中的方法。该通信接口可以是接入网设备中的收发器,例如通过所述通信装置中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现,或者,如果第一种通信装置为设置在接入网设备中的芯片,则通信接口可以是该芯片的输入/输出接口,例如输入/输出管脚等。该处理器可以是个单独的半导体芯片,也可以跟其他电路一起集成为一个半导体芯片,例如,可以跟其他电路(如编解码电路、硬件加速电路或各种总线和接口电路)构成一个SoC,或者也可以作为一个ASIC的内置处理器集成在所述ASIC当中,该集成了处理器的ASIC可以单独封装或者也可以跟其他电路封装在一起。该处理器除了包括用于执行软件指令以进行运算或处理的核外,还可进一步包括必要的硬件加速器,如FPGA、PLD、或者实现专用逻辑运算的逻辑电路。Wherein, the communication interface is used to obtain a program or instruction, and the processor causes the first communication device to execute the first aspect or the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the first aspect by running the program or instruction . The communication interface may be a transceiver in the access network equipment, for example, implemented by the antenna, feeder, and codec in the communication device, or if the first type of communication device is a chip set in the access network equipment , The communication interface can be the input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins. The processor can be a single semiconductor chip, or it can be integrated with other circuits to form a semiconductor chip. For example, it can be combined with other circuits (such as codec circuits, hardware acceleration circuits, or various bus and interface circuits) to form an SoC, or It can also be integrated into the ASIC as a built-in processor of an ASIC, and the ASIC integrated with the processor can be packaged separately or together with other circuits. In addition to the core used to execute software instructions to perform operations or processing, the processor may further include necessary hardware accelerators, such as FPGAs, PLDs, or logic circuits that implement dedicated logic operations.
可选地,该装置中还可以包括与处理器耦合的存储器。Optionally, the device may further include a memory coupled with the processor.
第十二方面,提供一种通信装置,例如该通信装置为如前所述的第二通信装置。该装置包括通信接口和至少一个处理器,所述通信接口和所述至少一个处理器连接,用于实现上述第二方面或第二方面的各种可能的设计所描述的方法。示例性的,所述通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片。示例性的,所述通信设备为接入网设备。In a twelfth aspect, a communication device is provided, for example, the communication device is the second communication device as described above. The device includes a communication interface and at least one processor, and the communication interface is connected to the at least one processor, and is used to implement the foregoing second aspect or the methods described in various possible designs of the second aspect. Exemplarily, the communication device is a chip provided in a communication device. Exemplarily, the communication device is an access network device.
其中,所述通信接口用于获取程序或指令,所述处理器通过运行所述程序或指令使第 一种通信装置执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任意一种可能的实施方式中的方法。该通信接口可以是接入网设备中的收发器,例如通过所述通信装置中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现,或者,如果第一种通信装置为设置在接入网设备中的芯片,则通信接口可以是该芯片的输入/输出接口,例如输入/输出管脚等。该处理器可以是个单独的半导体芯片,也可以跟其他电路一起集成为一个半导体芯片,例如,可以跟其他电路(如编解码电路、硬件加速电路或各种总线和接口电路)构成一个SoC,或者也可以作为一个ASIC的内置处理器集成在所述ASIC当中,该集成了处理器的ASIC可以单独封装或者也可以跟其他电路封装在一起。该处理器除了包括用于执行软件指令以进行运算或处理的核外,还可进一步包括必要的硬件加速器,如FPGA、PLD、或者实现专用逻辑运算的逻辑电路。Wherein, the communication interface is used to obtain a program or instruction, and the processor causes the first communication device to execute the second aspect or the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the second aspect by running the program or instruction . The communication interface may be a transceiver in the access network equipment, for example, implemented by the antenna, feeder, and codec in the communication device, or if the first type of communication device is a chip set in the access network equipment , The communication interface can be the input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins. The processor can be a single semiconductor chip, or it can be integrated with other circuits to form a semiconductor chip. For example, it can be combined with other circuits (such as codec circuits, hardware acceleration circuits, or various bus and interface circuits) to form an SoC, or It can also be integrated into the ASIC as a built-in processor of an ASIC, and the ASIC integrated with the processor can be packaged separately or together with other circuits. In addition to the core used to execute software instructions to perform operations or processing, the processor may further include necessary hardware accelerators, such as FPGAs, PLDs, or logic circuits that implement dedicated logic operations.
可选地,该装置中还可以包括与处理器耦合的存储器。Optionally, the device may further include a memory coupled with the processor.
第十三方面,提供一种通信装置,例如该通信装置为如前所述的第二通信装置。该装置包括通信接口和至少一个处理器,所述通信接口和所述至少一个处理器连接,用于实现上述第三方面或第三方面的各种可能的设计所描述的方法。示例性的,所述通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片。示例性的,所述通信设备为接入网设备。In a thirteenth aspect, a communication device is provided, for example, the communication device is the second communication device as described above. The device includes a communication interface and at least one processor, and the communication interface is connected to the at least one processor, and is used to implement the method described in the third aspect or various possible designs of the third aspect. Exemplarily, the communication device is a chip provided in a communication device. Exemplarily, the communication device is an access network device.
其中,所述通信接口用于获取程序或指令,所述处理器通过运行所述程序或指令使第一种通信装置执行上述第三方面或第三方面的任意一种可能的实施方式中的方法。该通信接口可以是接入网设备中的收发器,例如通过所述通信装置中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现,或者,如果第一种通信装置为设置在接入网设备中的芯片,则通信接口可以是该芯片的输入/输出接口,例如输入/输出管脚等。该处理器可以是个单独的半导体芯片,也可以跟其他电路一起集成为一个半导体芯片,例如,可以跟其他电路(如编解码电路、硬件加速电路或各种总线和接口电路)构成一个SoC,或者也可以作为一个ASIC的内置处理器集成在所述ASIC当中,该集成了处理器的ASIC可以单独封装或者也可以跟其他电路封装在一起。该处理器除了包括用于执行软件指令以进行运算或处理的核外,还可进一步包括必要的硬件加速器,如FPGA、PLD、或者实现专用逻辑运算的逻辑电路。Wherein, the communication interface is used to obtain a program or instruction, and the processor causes the first communication device to execute the third aspect or the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the third aspect by running the program or instruction . The communication interface may be a transceiver in the access network equipment, for example, implemented by the antenna, feeder, and codec in the communication device, or if the first type of communication device is a chip set in the access network equipment , The communication interface can be the input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins. The processor can be a single semiconductor chip, or it can be integrated with other circuits to form a semiconductor chip. For example, it can be combined with other circuits (such as codec circuits, hardware acceleration circuits, or various bus and interface circuits) to form an SoC, or It can also be integrated into the ASIC as a built-in processor of an ASIC, and the ASIC integrated with the processor can be packaged separately or together with other circuits. In addition to the core used to execute software instructions to perform operations or processing, the processor may further include necessary hardware accelerators, such as FPGAs, PLDs, or logic circuits that implement dedicated logic operations.
可选地,该装置中还可以包括与处理器耦合的存储器。Optionally, the device may further include a memory coupled with the processor.
第十四方面,提供一种通信装置,例如该通信装置为如前所述的第一通信装置。该装置包括通信接口和至少一个处理器,所述通信接口和所述至少一个处理器连接,用于实现上述第四方面或第四方面的各种可能的设计所描述的方法。示例性的,所述通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片。示例性的,所述通信设备为接入网设备。In a fourteenth aspect, a communication device is provided, for example, the communication device is the first communication device as described above. The device includes a communication interface and at least one processor, and the communication interface is connected to the at least one processor, and is used to implement the methods described in the fourth aspect or various possible designs of the fourth aspect. Exemplarily, the communication device is a chip provided in a communication device. Exemplarily, the communication device is an access network device.
其中,所述通信接口用于获取程序或指令,所述处理器通过运行所述程序或指令使第一种通信装置执行上述第四方面或第四方面的任意一种可能的实施方式中的方法。该通信接口可以是接入网设备中的收发器,例如通过所述通信装置中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现,或者,如果第一种通信装置为设置在接入网设备中的芯片,则通信接口可以是该芯片的输入/输出接口,例如输入/输出管脚等。该处理器可以是个单独的半导体芯片,也可以跟其他电路一起集成为一个半导体芯片,例如,可以跟其他电路(如编解码电路、硬件加速电路或各种总线和接口电路)构成一个SoC,或者也可以作为一个ASIC的内置处理器集成在所述ASIC当中,该集成了处理器的ASIC可以单独封装或者也可以跟其他电路封装在一起。该处理器除了包括用于执行软件指令以进行运算或处理的核外,还可进一步包括必要的硬件加速器,如FPGA、PLD、或者实现专用逻辑运算的逻辑电路。The communication interface is used to obtain a program or instruction, and the processor causes the first communication device to execute the fourth aspect or the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the fourth aspect by running the program or instruction . The communication interface may be a transceiver in the access network equipment, for example, implemented by the antenna, feeder, and codec in the communication device, or if the first type of communication device is a chip set in the access network equipment , The communication interface can be the input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins. The processor can be a single semiconductor chip, or it can be integrated with other circuits to form a semiconductor chip. For example, it can be combined with other circuits (such as codec circuits, hardware acceleration circuits, or various bus and interface circuits) to form an SoC, or It can also be integrated into the ASIC as a built-in processor of an ASIC, and the ASIC integrated with the processor can be packaged separately or together with other circuits. In addition to the core used to execute software instructions to perform operations or processing, the processor may further include necessary hardware accelerators, such as FPGAs, PLDs, or logic circuits that implement dedicated logic operations.
可选地,该装置中还可以包括与处理器耦合的存储器。Optionally, the device may further include a memory coupled with the processor.
第十五方面,提供一种通信装置,例如该通信装置为如前所述的第三通信装置。该装置包括通信接口和至少一个处理器,所述通信接口和所述至少一个处理器连接,用于实现上述第五方面或第五方面的各种可能的设计所描述的方法。示例性的,所述通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片。示例性的,所述通信设备为核心网设备。In a fifteenth aspect, a communication device is provided, for example, the communication device is the third communication device as described above. The device includes a communication interface and at least one processor, and the communication interface is connected to the at least one processor, and is used to implement the method described in the fifth aspect or various possible designs of the fifth aspect. Exemplarily, the communication device is a chip provided in a communication device. Exemplarily, the communication device is a core network device.
其中,所述通信接口用于获取程序或指令,所述处理器通过运行所述程序或指令使第一种通信装置执行上述第五方面或第五方面的任意一种可能的实施方式中的方法。该通信接口可以是接入网设备中的收发器,例如通过所述通信装置中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现,或者,如果第一种通信装置为设置在核心网设备中的芯片,则通信接口可以是该芯片的输入/输出接口,例如输入/输出管脚等。该处理器可以是个单独的半导体芯片,也可以跟其他电路一起集成为一个半导体芯片,例如,可以跟其他电路(如编解码电路、硬件加速电路或各种总线和接口电路)构成一个SoC,或者也可以作为一个ASIC的内置处理器集成在所述ASIC当中,该集成了处理器的ASIC可以单独封装或者也可以跟其他电路封装在一起。该处理器除了包括用于执行软件指令以进行运算或处理的核外,还可进一步包括必要的硬件加速器,如FPGA、PLD、或者实现专用逻辑运算的逻辑电路。Wherein, the communication interface is used to obtain a program or instruction, and the processor causes the first type of communication device to execute the above-mentioned fifth aspect or the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the fifth aspect by running the program or instruction . The communication interface may be a transceiver in the access network equipment, for example, implemented by the antenna, feeder, and codec in the communication device, or, if the first type of communication device is a chip set in the core network equipment, The communication interface may be the input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins. The processor can be a single semiconductor chip, or it can be integrated with other circuits to form a semiconductor chip. For example, it can be combined with other circuits (such as codec circuits, hardware acceleration circuits, or various bus and interface circuits) to form an SoC, or It can also be integrated into the ASIC as a built-in processor of an ASIC, and the ASIC integrated with the processor can be packaged separately or together with other circuits. In addition to the core used to execute software instructions to perform operations or processing, the processor may further include necessary hardware accelerators, such as FPGAs, PLDs, or logic circuits that implement dedicated logic operations.
第十六方面,本申请提供了一种数据传输系统,该系统包括上述第六方面提供的装置、第七方面提供的装置以及第十方面提供的装置中的至少两种装置;或者In a sixteenth aspect, this application provides a data transmission system, which includes at least two of the device provided in the sixth aspect, the device provided in the seventh aspect, and the device provided in the tenth aspect; or
该系统包括上述第八方面提供的装置、第九方面提供的装置以及第十方面提供的装置中的至少两种装置;或者The system includes at least two of the device provided in the eighth aspect, the device provided in the ninth aspect, and the device provided in the tenth aspect; or
该系统包括上述第十一方面提供的装置、第十二方面提供的装置以及第十五方面提供的装置中的至少两种装置;The system includes at least two of the devices provided in the eleventh aspect, the devices provided in the twelfth aspect, and the devices provided in the fifteenth aspect;
该系统包括上述第十三方面提供的装置、第十四方面提供的装置以及第十五方面提供的装置中的至少两种装置。The system includes at least two of the devices provided in the thirteenth aspect, the devices provided in the fourteenth aspect, and the devices provided in the fifteenth aspect.
第十七方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有用于实现第一方面中的方法的计算机程序(也可称为指令或代码)。In a seventeenth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, and a computer program (also referred to as an instruction or code) for implementing the method in the first aspect is stored thereon.
例如,该计算机程序被计算机执行时,使得该计算机可以执行第一方面中的方法。该计算机可以为通信装置。For example, when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can execute the method in the first aspect. The computer may be a communication device.
第十八方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有用于实现第二方面中的方法的计算机程序(也可称为指令或代码)。In an eighteenth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, and a computer program (also referred to as an instruction or code) for implementing the method in the second aspect is stored thereon.
例如,该计算机程序被计算机执行时,使得该计算机可以执行第二方面中的方法。该计算机可以为通信装置。For example, when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can execute the method in the second aspect. The computer may be a communication device.
第十九方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有用于实现第三方面中的方法的计算机程序(也可称为指令或代码)。In a nineteenth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, on which a computer program (also referred to as an instruction or code) for implementing the method in the third aspect is stored.
例如,该计算机程序被计算机执行时,使得该计算机可以执行第三方面中的方法。该计算机可以为通信装置。For example, when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can execute the method in the third aspect. The computer may be a communication device.
第二十方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有用于实现第四方面中的方法的计算机程序(也可称为指令或代码)。In a twentieth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, and a computer program (also referred to as an instruction or code) for implementing the method in the fourth aspect is stored thereon.
例如,该计算机程序被计算机执行时,使得该计算机可以执行第四方面中的方法。该计算机可以为通信装置。For example, when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can execute the method in the fourth aspect. The computer may be a communication device.
第二十一方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有用于实现第五方面中的方法的计算机程序(也可称为指令或代码)。In a twenty-first aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, on which a computer program (also referred to as an instruction or code) for implementing the method in the fifth aspect is stored.
例如,该计算机程序被计算机执行时,使得该计算机可以执行第五方面中的方法。该计算机可以为通信装置。For example, when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can execute the method in the fifth aspect. The computer may be a communication device.
第二十二方面,本申请提供一种芯片,包括处理器和通信接口。所述处理器与所述通信接口耦合,用于实现上述第一方面或任一种可选的实施方式所提供的方法。In the twenty-second aspect, this application provides a chip including a processor and a communication interface. The processor is coupled with the communication interface, and is configured to implement the method provided in the first aspect or any one of the optional implementation manners.
可选地,所述芯片还包括存储器,存储器与处理器通过电路或电线与存储器连接。Optionally, the chip further includes a memory, and the memory and the processor are connected to the memory through a circuit or a wire.
第二十三方面,本申请提供一种芯片,包括处理器和通信接口。所述处理器与所述通信接口耦合,用于实现上述第二方面或任一种可选的实施方式所提供的方法。可选地,所述芯片还包括存储器,存储器与处理器通过电路或电线与存储器连接。In the twenty-third aspect, this application provides a chip including a processor and a communication interface. The processor is coupled with the communication interface, and is configured to implement the method provided in the second aspect or any one of the optional implementation manners. Optionally, the chip further includes a memory, and the memory and the processor are connected to the memory through a circuit or a wire.
第二十四方面,本申请提供一种芯片,包括处理器和通信接口。所述处理器与所述通信接口耦合,用于实现上述第三方面或任一种可选的实施方式所提供的方法。可选地,所述芯片还包括存储器,存储器与处理器通过电路或电线与存储器连接。In a twenty-fourth aspect, this application provides a chip including a processor and a communication interface. The processor is coupled with the communication interface, and is configured to implement the method provided in the third aspect or any one of the optional implementation manners. Optionally, the chip further includes a memory, and the memory and the processor are connected to the memory through a circuit or a wire.
第二十五方面,本申请提供一种芯片,包括处理器和通信接口。所述处理器与所述通信接口耦合,用于实现上述第四方面或任一种可选的实施方式所提供的方法。In the twenty-fifth aspect, this application provides a chip including a processor and a communication interface. The processor is coupled with the communication interface, and is configured to implement the method provided in the fourth aspect or any one of the optional implementation manners.
可选地,所述芯片还包括存储器,存储器与处理器通过电路或电线与存储器连接。Optionally, the chip further includes a memory, and the memory and the processor are connected to the memory through a circuit or a wire.
第二十六方面,本申请提供一种芯片,包括处理器和通信接口。所述处理器与所述通信接口耦合,用于实现上述第五方面或任一种可选的实施方式所提供的方法。可选地,所述芯片还包括存储器,存储器与处理器通过电路或电线与存储器连接。In the twenty-sixth aspect, the present application provides a chip including a processor and a communication interface. The processor is coupled with the communication interface, and is configured to implement the method provided in the fifth aspect or any one of the optional implementation manners. Optionally, the chip further includes a memory, and the memory and the processor are connected to the memory through a circuit or a wire.
第二十七方面,本申请提供一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括计算机程序(也可称为指令或代码),所述计算机程序被计算机执行时使得所述计算机实现第一方面中的方法。所述计算机可以为通信装置。In the twenty-seventh aspect, the present application provides a computer program product. The computer program product includes a computer program (also referred to as an instruction or code). When the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer realizes the Methods. The computer may be a communication device.
第二十八方面,本申请提供一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括计算机程序(也可称为指令或代码),所述计算机程序被计算机执行时使得所述计算机实现第二方面中的方法。所述计算机可以为通信装置。In the twenty-eighth aspect, the present application provides a computer program product. The computer program product includes a computer program (also referred to as an instruction or code). When the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer realizes the second aspect Methods. The computer may be a communication device.
第二十九方面,本申请提供一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括计算机程序(也可称为指令或代码),所述计算机程序被计算机执行时使得所述计算机实现第三方面中的方法。所述计算机可以为通信装置。In the twenty-ninth aspect, the present application provides a computer program product. The computer program product includes a computer program (also referred to as an instruction or code). When the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer realizes the third aspect Methods. The computer may be a communication device.
第三十方面,本申请提供一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括计算机程序(也可称为指令或代码),所述计算机程序被计算机执行时使得所述计算机实现第四方面中的方法。所述计算机可以为通信装置。In the thirtieth aspect, the present application provides a computer program product. The computer program product includes a computer program (also referred to as an instruction or code). When the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer realizes the method. The computer may be a communication device.
第三十一方面,本申请提供一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括计算机程序(也可称为指令或代码),所述计算机程序被计算机执行时使得所述计算机实现第五方面中的方法。所述计算机可以为通信装置。In the thirty-first aspect, the present application provides a computer program product, the computer program product includes a computer program (also called instructions or code), when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer realizes the fifth aspect Methods. The computer may be a communication device.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1是本申请实施例提供数据传输方法的应用场景示意图。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of a data transmission method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
图2是本申请实施例提供的MBSFN传输方法示意图。Fig. 2 is a schematic diagram of an MBSFN transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图3是本申请实施例提供的数据传输的方法示意图。Fig. 3 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图4是现有技术的切换流程示意图。Fig. 4 is a schematic diagram of a handover process in the prior art.
图5-图10是本申请实施例提供的数据传输的方法示意图。Figures 5 to 10 are schematic diagrams of data transmission methods provided by embodiments of the present application.
图11-图13是本申请实施例提供的数据传输的装置的示意性框图。Figures 11-13 are schematic block diagrams of data transmission devices provided by embodiments of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:全球移动通信(global system for mobile communications,GSM)系统、码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(general packet radio service,GPRS)、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)通信系统、未来的第五代(5th generation,5G)系统或新无线(new radio,NR)等。The technical solutions of the embodiments of this application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: global system for mobile communications (GSM) system, code division multiple access (CDMA) system, broadband code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA) system, general packet radio service (GPRS), long term evolution (LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE Time division duplex (TDD), universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication system, the future fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) system or new radio (NR), etc.
终端设备,包括向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备,具体的,包括向用户提供语音的设备,或包括向用户提供数据连通性的设备,或包括向用户提供语音和数据连通性的设备。例如可以包括具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的处理设备。该终端设备可以经无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)与核心网设备进行通信,与RAN交换语音或数据,或与RAN交互语音和数据。该终端设备可以包括用户设备(user equipment,UE)、无线终端设备、移动终端设备、设备到设备通信(device-to-device,D2D)终端设备、车到一切(vehicle to everything,V2X)终端设备、机器到机器/机器类通信(machine-to-machine/machine-type communications,M2M/MTC)终端设备、物联网(internet of things,IoT)终端设备、订户单元(subscriber unit)、订户站(subscriber station),移动站(mobile station)、远程站(remote station)、接入点(access point,AP)、远程终端(remote terminal)、接入终端(access terminal)、用户终端(user terminal)、用户代理(user agent)、或用户装备(user device)等。例如,可以包括移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话),具有移动终端设备的计算机,便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的移动装置等。例如,个人通信业务(personal communication service,PCS)电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)话机、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)等设备。还包括受限设备,例如功耗较低的设备,或存储能力有限的设备,或计算能力有限的设备等。例如包括条码、射频识别(radio frequency identification,RFID)、传感器、全球定位系统(global positioning system,GPS)、激光扫描器等信息传感设备。Terminal devices include devices that provide users with voice and/or data connectivity. Specifically, they include devices that provide users with voice, or include devices that provide users with data connectivity, or include devices that provide users with voice and data connectivity. equipment. For example, it may include a handheld device with a wireless connection function, or a processing device connected to a wireless modem. The terminal equipment can communicate with core network equipment via a radio access network (RAN), exchange voice or data with the RAN, or exchange voice and data with the RAN. The terminal equipment may include user equipment (UE), wireless terminal equipment, mobile terminal equipment, device-to-device communication (device-to-device, D2D) terminal equipment, vehicle to everything (V2X) terminal equipment , Machine-to-machine/machine-type communications (M2M/MTC) terminal equipment, Internet of things (IoT) terminal equipment, subscriber unit, subscriber station (subscriber) station), mobile station (mobile station), remote station (remote station), access point (access point, AP), remote terminal (remote terminal), access terminal (access terminal), user terminal (user terminal), user Agent (user agent), or user equipment (user device), etc. For example, it may include mobile phones (or "cellular" phones), computers with mobile terminal equipment, portable, pocket-sized, hand-held, mobile devices with built-in computers, and so on. For example, personal communication service (PCS) phones, cordless phones, session initiation protocol (SIP) phones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistants, PDA) and other equipment. It also includes restricted devices, such as devices with low power consumption, or devices with limited storage capabilities, or devices with limited computing capabilities. Examples include barcodes, radio frequency identification (RFID), sensors, global positioning system (GPS), laser scanners and other information sensing equipment.
作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,该终端设备还可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备或智能穿戴式设备等,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合 使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能头盔、智能首饰等。As an example and not a limitation, in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may also be a wearable device. Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices or smart wearable devices, etc. It is a general term for using wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes Wait. A wearable device is a portable device that is directly worn on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a kind of hardware device, but also realize powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. In a broad sense, wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions that can be achieved without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones. Use, such as all kinds of smart bracelets, smart helmets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring.
而如上介绍的各种终端设备,如果位于车辆上(例如放置在车辆内或安装在车辆内),都可以认为是车载终端设备,车载终端设备例如也称为车载单元(on-board unit,OBU)。The various terminal devices described above, if they are located on the vehicle (for example, placed in the vehicle or installed in the vehicle), can be regarded as vehicle-mounted terminal equipment, for example, the vehicle-mounted terminal equipment is also called on-board unit (OBU). ).
本申请实施例中,终端设备还可以包括中继(relay)。或者理解为,能够与基站进行数据通信的都可以看作终端设备。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may also include a relay. Or it can be understood that everything that can communicate with the base station can be regarded as a terminal device.
本申请实施例中,用于实现终端设备的功能的装置可以是终端设备,也可以是能够支持终端设备实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统,该装置可以被安装在终端设备中。本申请实施例中,芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。本申请实施例提供的技术方案中,以用于实现终端的功能的装置是终端设备为例,描述本申请实施例提供的技术方案。In the embodiments of the present application, the device for realizing the function of the terminal device may be a terminal device, or a device capable of supporting the terminal device to realize the function, such as a chip system, and the device may be installed in the terminal device. In the embodiments of the present application, the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices. In the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application, the device used to implement the functions of the terminal is a terminal device as an example to describe the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application.
本申请实施例中的接入网设备可以是具有能够为终端设备提供随机接入功能的设备或可设置于该设备的芯片。该设备包括但不限于:演进型节点B(evolved Node B,eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(Node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(home evolved NodeB,或home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(baseband unit,BBU),无线保真(wireless fidelity,WIFI)系统中的接入点(access point,AP)、无线中继节点、无线回传节点、传输点(transmission point,TP)或者发送接收点(transmission and reception point,TRP)等,还可以为第五代(the fifth generation,5G)系统,例如,新空口(new radio,NR)中的gNB或传输点(TRP或TP),5G系统中的基站的一个或一组(包括多个天线面板)天线面板,或者,还可以为构成gNB或传输点的网络节点,例如基带单元(BBU)或分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)等。The access network device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device capable of providing a random access function for a terminal device or a chip that can be installed in the device. This equipment includes but is not limited to: evolved Node B (eNB), radio network controller (RNC), Node B (NB), base station controller (BSC) , Base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), home base station (home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (baseband unit, BBU), wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, WIFI) system access Point (access point, AP), wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (transmission point, TP) or transmission and reception point (transmission and reception point, TRP), etc., can also be the fifth generation (the fifth generation) , 5G) system, for example, the gNB or transmission point (TRP or TP) in the new radio (NR), one or a group of (including multiple antenna panels) antenna panels of the base station in the 5G system, or It may be a network node that constitutes a gNB or a transmission point, such as a baseband unit (BBU) or a distributed unit (DU).
在一些部署中,gNB可以包括集中式单元(centralized unit,CU)和分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)。gNB还可以包括有源天线单元(active antenna unit,AAU)。CU实现gNB的部分功能,DU实现gNB的部分功能。比如,CU负责处理非实时协议和服务,实现无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC),分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层的功能。DU负责处理物理层协议和实时服务,实现无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层、媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)层和物理(physical,PHY)层的功能。AAU实现部分物理层处理功能、射频处理及有源天线的相关功能。由于RRC层的信息最终会变成PHY层的信息,或者,由PHY层的信息转变而来,因而,在这种架构下,高层信令,如RRC层信令,也可以认为是由DU发送的,或者,由DU+AAU发送的。可以理解的是,网络设备可以为包括CU节点、DU节点、AAU节点中一项或多项的设备。此外,可以将CU划分为接入网(radio access network,RAN)中的网络设备,也可以将CU划分为核心网(core network,CN)中的网络设备,本申请对此不做限定。In some deployments, the gNB may include a centralized unit (CU) and a distributed unit (DU). The gNB may also include an active antenna unit (AAU). The CU implements some of the functions of the gNB, and the DU implements some of the functions of the gNB. For example, the CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, and implements radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) and packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) layer functions. The DU is responsible for processing the physical layer protocol and real-time services, and realizes the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, the media access control (MAC) layer, and the physical (PHY) layer. AAU realizes some physical layer processing functions, radio frequency processing and related functions of active antennas. Since the information of the RRC layer will eventually become the information of the PHY layer, or be transformed from the information of the PHY layer, under this architecture, high-level signaling, such as RRC layer signaling, can also be considered to be sent by the DU , Or, sent by DU+AAU. It can be understood that the network device may be a device that includes one or more of a CU node, a DU node, and an AAU node. In addition, the CU can be divided into network equipment in an access network (radio access network, RAN), and the CU can also be divided into network equipment in a core network (core network, CN), which is not limited in this application.
核心网设备用于向接入网设备发送下行数据或者接收接入网设备发送的上行数据,核心网设备具有控制接入网设备的功能。可选的,本申请实施例中的核心网设备在不同的系统对应不同的设备。比如在第三代(3th generation,3G)通信系统中可以对应通用分组无线服务技术(general packet radio service,GPRS)的服务支持节点(serving GPRS support node,SGSN)和/或GPRS的网关支持节点(gateway GPRS Support Node,GGSN);在第 四代(4th generation,4G)通信系统中可以对应移动管理实体(mobility management entity,MME)和/或服务网关(serving gateway,S-GW);在5G通信系统中可以对应统一数据存储(unified data repository,UDR)、统一数据管理(unified data management,UDM)、网络数据分析功能(network data analytics function,NWDAF)、网络仓库功能(network repository function,NRF)、网络切片选择功能(network slice selection function,NSSF)网元、会话管理功能网元(session management function,SMF)、用户面功能网元(user plane function,UPF)、核心网接入和移动性管理功能(core access and mobility management function,AMF)和策略控制功能(policy control function,PCF)网元等中的一个或多个;在未来的6G通信系统或其他通信系统中,核心网设备可以对应其他的网页本申请实施例对此不做具体限定。The core network device is used to send downlink data to the access network device or receive uplink data sent by the access network device, and the core network device has a function of controlling the access network device. Optionally, the core network device in the embodiment of the present application corresponds to different devices in different systems. For example, in the third generation (3G) communication system, the service support node (serving GPRS support node, SGSN) and/or the gateway support node (SGSN) of the general packet radio service (GPRS) and/or GPRS gateway support node ( gateway GPRS Support Node, GGSN; In the fourth generation (4G) communication system, it can correspond to mobility management entity (MME) and/or serving gateway (S-GW); in 5G communication The system can correspond to unified data storage (unified data repository, UDR), unified data management (unified data management, UDM), network data analysis function (network data analysis function, NWDAF), network warehouse function (network repository function, NRF), Network slice selection function (NSSF) network element, session management function network element (session management function, SMF), user plane function network element (user plane function, UPF), core network access and mobility management functions One or more of (core access and mobility management function, AMF) and policy control function (PCF) network elements; in the future 6G communication system or other communication systems, the core network equipment can correspond to other The webpage embodiment of this application does not specifically limit this.
参见图1,图1示出了本申请实施例的应用场景示意图。图1中的通信系统可以包括至少一个终端设备(例如终端设备10、终端设备20、终端设备30、终端设备40、终端设备50和终端设备60)、接入网设备70和核心网设备80。接入网设备70用于为终端设备提供通信服务并接入核心网设备80,终端设备可以通过搜索接入网设备70发送的同步信号、广播信号等接入网络,从而进行与网络的通信。图1中的终端设备10、终端设备20、终端设备30、终端设备40和终端设备60可以与接入网设备70进行上下行传输。例如,接入网设备70可以向终端设备10、终端设备20、终端设备30、终端设备40和终端设备60通过单播或者多播的方式发送下行信号,也可以接收终端设备10、终端设备20、终端设备30、终端设备40和终端设备60发送的上行信号。Referring to Fig. 1, Fig. 1 shows a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an embodiment of the present application. The communication system in FIG. 1 may include at least one terminal device (for example, terminal device 10, terminal device 20, terminal device 30, terminal device 40, terminal device 50, and terminal device 60), access network device 70, and core network device 80. The access network device 70 is used to provide communication services for the terminal device and access the core network device 80. The terminal device can access the network by searching for synchronization signals, broadcast signals, etc. sent by the access network device 70, so as to communicate with the network. The terminal device 10, the terminal device 20, the terminal device 30, the terminal device 40, and the terminal device 60 in FIG. 1 can perform uplink and downlink transmissions with the access network device 70. For example, the access network device 70 can send downlink signals to the terminal device 10, the terminal device 20, the terminal device 30, the terminal device 40, and the terminal device 60 in a unicast or multicast manner, and can also receive the terminal device 10 and the terminal device 20. , Terminal equipment 30, terminal equipment 40 and terminal equipment 60 sent uplink signals.
此外,终端设备40、终端设备50和终端设备60也可以看作一个通信系统,终端设备60可以向终端设备40和终端设备50发送下行信号,也可以接收终端设备40和终端设备50发送的上行信号。In addition, the terminal device 40, the terminal device 50, and the terminal device 60 can also be regarded as a communication system. The terminal device 60 can send downlink signals to the terminal device 40 and the terminal device 50, and can also receive uplink signals sent by the terminal device 40 and the terminal device 50. Signal.
其中,核心网设备80用于向接入网设备70发送下行数据或者接收接入网设备70发送的上行数据。The core network device 80 is configured to send downlink data to the access network device 70 or receive uplink data sent by the access network device 70.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例可以应用于包括一个或多个接入网设备的通信系统中,也可以应用于包括一个或多个终端设备的通信系统中,本申请对此不进行限定。It should be noted that the embodiments of the present application may be applied to a communication system including one or more access network devices, and may also be applied to a communication system including one or more terminal devices, which is not limited in this application.
在下行传输中,图1的接入网设备70可以通过多播的方式向上述的终端设备发送数据。或者图1的接入网设备70可以通过单播的方式向上述的终端设备发送数据。现有的通信系统中,接入网请设备可以通过多播或者组播的传输方式点对多点地同时向多个终端设备传输相同的数据,也可以通过单播的传输方式分别向各个终端设备单独传输数据。采用多播或者组播传输数据的传输方式相对静态,配置好传输方式以后,则一直按照配置的方式进行传输,无法动态改变多播的传输方式。但是随着应用场景的变化和多样化需求的出现,若一直按照配置的传输方式进行传输由于,则灵活性较差,也无法满足通信需求,如何灵活动态地改变多播传输方式是亟待解决的问题。In downlink transmission, the access network device 70 in FIG. 1 may send data to the aforementioned terminal device in a multicast manner. Or the access network device 70 in FIG. 1 may send data to the aforementioned terminal device in a unicast manner. In the existing communication system, the access network request device can transmit the same data to multiple terminal devices simultaneously through multicast or multicast transmission method point-to-multipoint, or it can transmit the same data to each terminal device separately through unicast transmission method. The device transmits data separately. The transmission method of using multicast or multicast to transmit data is relatively static. After the transmission method is configured, it will always be transmitted according to the configured method, and the multicast transmission method cannot be changed dynamically. However, with the change of application scenarios and the emergence of diversified requirements, if the transmission is always carried out according to the configured transmission mode, the flexibility is poor and the communication needs cannot be met. How to flexibly and dynamically change the multicast transmission mode is an urgent need to solve problem.
为便于理解本申请实施例,以下对本申请实施例的部分用语进行解释说明,以便于本领域技术人员理解。In order to facilitate the understanding of the embodiments of the present application, some terms of the embodiments of the present application are explained below to facilitate the understanding by those skilled in the art.
1)、多播传输技术,或者也可以称为MBMS技术,或者也可以称为多播传输方式,是指某种业务通过接入网设备同时向多个终端设备发送数据的技术。在采用多播技术传输时,针对同一数据,接入网设备(例如基站)发送的过程中有多个终端设备同时进行接收。 目前多播传输技术主要分为两种:多媒体广播多播单频网络业务(multimedia broadcast multicast service single frequency network,MBSFN)和单小区点到多点业务(single cell point to multipoint,SC-PTM)。其中,SC-PTM方式是指MBMS业务只通过一个小区(例如一个基站)传输,一个网络设备同时对多个终端设备进行组调度。MBSFN传输为多个同步小区向终端设备在相同的时频资源上发送相同的数据,一个终端设备能够接收到叠加后的多份相同的数据,这样可以提高信号接收强度,也能消除小区之间的干扰。以两个接入网设备为例描述,具体地,接入网设备1为控制节点,接入网设备1可以将从核心网设备接收到的数据包进行处理后复制成两份数据,其中一份数据按照第一时频资源通过多播的方式发送给至少一个终端设备,剩余的一份数据发送给接入网设备2,接入网设备2按照第一时频资源将数据通过多播的方式发送给至少一个终端设备。其中接入网设备1可以将指示第一时频资源的指示信息与剩余的一份数据一起发送给接入网设备2,也可以分别发送给接入网设备2。当然第一时频资源的指示信息也可以来源于其他的设备,本申请不予限制。1) Multicast transmission technology, which can also be referred to as MBMS technology, or multicast transmission mode, refers to a technology in which a certain service sends data to multiple terminal devices at the same time through an access network device. When the multicast technology is used for transmission, for the same data, multiple terminal devices simultaneously receive the same data during the transmission process of the access network device (for example, the base station). Currently, multicast transmission technologies are mainly divided into two types: multimedia broadcast multicast multicast service single frequency network (MBSFN) and single cell point to multipoint service (single cell point to multipoint, SC-PTM). Among them, the SC-PTM mode means that the MBMS service is only transmitted through one cell (for example, a base station), and a network device performs group scheduling on multiple terminal devices at the same time. MBSFN transmission means that multiple synchronized cells send the same data to the terminal device on the same time-frequency resource. One terminal device can receive multiple copies of the same data after superimposition, which can improve the signal reception strength and eliminate inter-cell Interference. Take two access network devices as an example to describe. Specifically, access network device 1 is a control node, and access network device 1 can process the data packet received from the core network device and copy it into two copies of data, one of which is The data is sent to at least one terminal device by multicast according to the first time-frequency resource, and the remaining data is sent to the access network device 2, and the access network device 2 sends the data through the multicast according to the first time-frequency resource. To at least one terminal device. The access network device 1 may send the indication information indicating the first time-frequency resource to the access network device 2 together with the remaining piece of data, or may also send it to the access network device 2 respectively. Of course, the indication information of the first time-frequency resource may also come from other devices, which is not limited in this application.
如图2所示,示出了MBSFN传输的示意图。一个MBMS服务区域可以包括一个或多个MBSFN区域,图2中示出了包括3个MBSFN区域,终端设备可以根据配置的MBSFN的子集接收数据,例如终端设备可以确定需要接收的MBMS数据会从配置的图2的中间的MBSFN区域发送,则终端设备接收中间MBSFN区域发送的数据。一个MBSFN区域由多个小区组成,多个小区中的部分或全部小区可以协调实现MBSFN传输。图2中示出了3个加粗为协调实现MBSFN传输的小区所属的基站,例如3个加粗的基站对应3个小区。在特定的频率上,3个小区可以在相同的时频资源上向终端设备发送相同的数据,剩余的4个基站对应的小区可以称为MBSFN保留小区(MBSFN area reserved cell),可以不用于MBSFN传输,用于其他的服务。在进行MBSFN传输的时频资源上需要限制MBSFN保留小区的发射功率,以降低对MBSFN传输的干扰。As shown in Figure 2, a schematic diagram of MBSFN transmission is shown. An MBMS service area can include one or more MBSFN areas. Figure 2 shows that it includes 3 MBSFN areas. The terminal device can receive data according to the configured subset of MBSFN. For example, the terminal device can determine that the MBMS data that needs to be received will be received from When the configured MBSFN area in the middle of FIG. 2 is sent, the terminal device receives the data sent in the middle MBSFN area. An MBSFN area is composed of multiple cells, and some or all of the multiple cells can coordinate to realize MBSFN transmission. FIG. 2 shows the base stations to which three cells that are bolded for coordination and implementation of MBSFN transmission belong, for example, three base stations that are bolded correspond to three cells. On a specific frequency, 3 cells can send the same data to the terminal device on the same time-frequency resources, and the cells corresponding to the remaining 4 base stations can be called MBSFN area reserved cells, which may not be used for MBSFN Transmission for other services. In the time-frequency resources for MBSFN transmission, the transmission power of the MBSFN reserved cell needs to be restricted to reduce the interference to MBSFN transmission.
另外多播传输技术也可以是SC-PTM技术的扩展,比如从单小区的点到多点传输扩展到多小区的点到多点的传输(single cell point to multipoint,MC-PTM),即使用类似SC-PTM的技术,但是不再限制单个小区范围的多播传输技术。本申请实施例中涉及的多播传输技术不局限于现有的多播传输技术,也可以包括后续NR研究中基于现有多播传输技术演进的多播传输技术以及新设计的多播传输技术,换句话说,本申请实施例所关注的是多播传输模式与单播传输模式之间切换所涉及的流程,并不受限于具体何种多播传输技术。In addition, the multicast transmission technology can also be an extension of the SC-PTM technology, such as extending from single cell point to multipoint transmission to multi-cell point to multipoint transmission (single cell point to multipoint, MC-PTM), that is, use Similar to SC-PTM technology, but no longer restricts the multicast transmission technology within a single cell. The multicast transmission technology involved in the embodiments of this application is not limited to the existing multicast transmission technology, and may also include the multicast transmission technology based on the evolution of the existing multicast transmission technology in the subsequent NR research and the newly designed multicast transmission technology In other words, the embodiments of the present application focus on the procedures involved in switching between the multicast transmission mode and the unicast transmission mode, and are not limited to specific multicast transmission technologies.
2)、采用多播(multicast)传输方式发送是指:某一接入网设备发送协议数据单元(protocol data unit,PDU)对应的传输块(transport block,TB)时,采用分组无线网络临时标识(group radio network temporary identifier,G-RNTI)对PDU进行加扰,或对PDU对应的下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)进行加扰,同时有一个或者多个终端设备根据相同的G-RNTI对同一PDU进行接收;或者采用多播的方式传输PDU可以指通过半静态方式告诉多个终端设备同一PDU的位置,多个终端设备可以同时对该PDU进行接收;或者采用多播的方式传输PDU可以指该PDU在为多播传输建立的无线承载中传输或者在专门为多播设计的信道中进行传输。2) The use of multicast transmission means: when a certain access network device sends the transport block (TB) corresponding to the protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU), it uses the packet wireless network temporary identification (group radio network temporary identifier, G-RNTI) scrambles the PDU, or scrambles the downlink control information (DCI) corresponding to the PDU, and at the same time, there are one or more terminal devices based on the same G-RNTI Receiving the same PDU; or using multicast to transmit PDUs can mean telling multiple terminal devices the location of the same PDU in a semi-static manner, and multiple terminal devices can receive the PDU at the same time; or using multicast to transmit PDUs It can mean that the PDU is transmitted in a radio bearer established for multicast transmission or transmitted in a channel specially designed for multicast.
采用多播传输方式接收是指采用多播方式发送的时候,所述多个终端设备中的一个终端设备根据G-RNTI对PDU进行接收;或者所述多个终端设备中的一个终端设备通过为 多播传输建立的无线承载接收或者在用于多播传输的信道上进行接收PDU。Receiving by multicast transmission means that when sending by multicast, one of the multiple terminal devices receives the PDU according to G-RNTI; or one of the multiple terminal devices receives the PDU according to the G-RNTI; The radio bearer established by the multicast transmission receives or receives PDUs on the channel used for the multicast transmission.
在本申请中,组播为多播的一种具体方式,因此,多播也可以称为组播。In this application, multicast is a specific method of multicast, therefore, multicast may also be referred to as multicast.
3)、采用单播(unicast)传输的方式发送是指:某一接入网设备发送PDU对应的TB时,采用小区无线网络临时标识(cell network temporary identifier,C-RNTI)对PDU进行加扰,或对PDU对应的DCI进行加扰,同时只有一个终端设备根据C-RNTI对同一PDU进行接收;或者采用单播的方式传输PDU可以指该PDU在为单播传输建立的无线承载中传输或者在专门为单播设计的信道中进行传输。3). Sending by unicast transmission means: when a certain access network device sends the TB corresponding to the PDU, it uses the cell network temporary identifier (C-RNTI) to scramble the PDU , Or scramble the DCI corresponding to the PDU, and only one terminal device receives the same PDU according to the C-RNTI; or the unicast transmission of the PDU can mean that the PDU is transmitted in the radio bearer established for unicast transmission or Transmission is carried out in a channel specially designed for unicast.
采用单播传输方式接收是指采用单播方式发送的时候,一个终端设备根据C-RNTI对PDU进行接收;或者一个终端设备通过为单播传输建立的无线承载接收或者在用于单播传输的信道上进行接收。Receiving by unicast transmission means that when unicast transmission is used, a terminal device receives PDUs according to C-RNTI; or a terminal device receives the PDU through the radio bearer established for unicast transmission or when it is used for unicast transmission. Receive on the channel.
相互通信的接入网设备和终端设备具有一定的协议层结构。例如控制面协议层结构可以包括RRC层、PDCP层、RLC层、MAC层和物理层等协议层的功能。用户面协议层结构可以包括PDCP层、RLC层、MAC层和物理层等协议层的功能。在一种实现中,PDCP层之上还可以包括业务数据适配(service data adaptation protocol,SDAP)层。The access network equipment and terminal equipment that communicate with each other have a certain protocol layer structure. For example, the control plane protocol layer structure may include the functions of the protocol layers such as the RRC layer, the PDCP layer, the RLC layer, the MAC layer, and the physical layer. The user plane protocol layer structure may include the functions of the PDCP layer, the RLC layer, the MAC layer, and the physical layer. In an implementation, the PDCP layer may also include a service data adaptation protocol (SDAP) layer.
这些协议层的功能可以由一个节点实现,或者可以由多个节点实现;例如,在一种演进结构中,接入网设备可以包括CU和DU,多个DU可以由一个CU集中控制。CU和DU可以根据无线网络的协议层划分,例如,PDCP层及以上协议层的功能设置在CU,PDCP以下的协议层,RLC层和MAC层等的功能设置在DU等。The functions of these protocol layers may be implemented by one node, or may be implemented by multiple nodes; for example, in an evolution structure, an access network device may include a CU and a DU, and multiple DUs may be centrally controlled by a CU. CU and DU can be divided according to the protocol layer of the wireless network. For example, the functions of the PDCP layer and above are set in the CU, the protocol layers below the PDCP, and the functions of the RLC layer and MAC layer are set in the DU.
应该理解的是,这种协议层的划分仅仅是一种举例,还可以在其它协议层划分,例如在RLC层划分,将RLC层及以上协议层的功能设置在CU,RLC层以下协议层的功能设置在DU;或者,在某个协议层中划分,例如将RLC层的部分功能和RLC层以上的协议层的功能设置在CU,将RLC层的剩余功能和RLC层以下的协议层的功能设置在DU。此外,也可以按其它方式划分,例如按时延划分,将处理时间需要满足时延要求的功能设置在DU,不需要满足该时延要求的功能设置在CU。It should be understood that this division of protocol layers is just an example, and it can also be divided in other protocol layers, for example, in the RLC layer. The functions of the RLC layer and above protocol layers are set in the CU, and the protocol layers below the RLC layer The functions are set in the DU; or, divided in a certain protocol layer, for example, part of the functions of the RLC layer and the functions of the protocol layer above the RLC layer are set in the CU, and the remaining functions of the RLC layer and the functions of the protocol layer below the RLC layer Set in DU. In addition, it can also be divided in other ways, for example, by time delay. The functions that need to meet the time delay requirement for processing time are set in the DU, and the functions that do not need to meet the time delay requirement are set in the CU.
下面结合附图描述本申请实施例提供的数据传输方法300。The data transmission method 300 provided by an embodiment of the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
S310,第一接入网设备确定模式切换请求信息,模式切换请求信息用于请求切换第一业务的传输模式为第一传输模式,第一传输模式包括多播或单播。S310: The first access network device determines mode switching request information, where the mode switching request information is used to request to switch the transmission mode of the first service to the first transmission mode, and the first transmission mode includes multicast or unicast.
也就是说,第一接入网设备可以通过模式切换请求信息来请求切换为单播传输或者多播传输,进而实现传输模式的灵活切换,其中第一传输模式是为了简化阐述的一种示例性说明,并不限于是某种特定的传输模式。That is to say, the first access network device can request to switch to unicast transmission or multicast transmission through the mode switching request information, thereby realizing flexible switching of transmission modes, where the first transmission mode is an example for simplifying the explanation. Note, it is not limited to a specific transmission mode.
可以理解的是,多播与多播传输模式可以等同;单播与单播传输模式可以等同。It can be understood that the multicast and multicast transmission modes can be equivalent; the unicast and unicast transmission modes can be equivalent.
可选地,组成第一业务的数据包可以为至少一个数据包。Optionally, the data packet constituting the first service may be at least one data packet.
可选地,若第一业务通过多播传输模式传输,则第一业务也可以成为多播业务,多播业务可以为多媒体广播多播业务(multimedia broadcast multicast service,MBMS)。多播传输方式可以包括MBSFN传输或者SC-PTM传输或者MC-PTM传输。Optionally, if the first service is transmitted in a multicast transmission mode, the first service may also become a multicast service, and the multicast service may be a multimedia broadcast multicast service (MBMS). The multicast transmission method may include MBSFN transmission or SC-PTM transmission or MC-PTM transmission.
第一接入网设备可以向第二接入网设备发送模式切换请求信息,其中包括但不限于以下三种情况:The first access network device may send mode switching request information to the second access network device, including but not limited to the following three situations:
情况一,当第一接入网设备通过终端设备获得测量结果,根据质量结果判断需要执行传输模式切换时,第一接入网设备确定向第二接入网设备发送模式切换请求信息。Case 1: When the first access network device obtains the measurement result through the terminal device and determines that the transmission mode switching needs to be performed according to the quality result, the first access network device determines to send the mode switching request information to the second access network device.
情况二,当第一接入网设备收到终端设备的请求信息,所述请求信息用于请求第一接入网设备执行传输模式切换时,第一接入网设备确定向第二接入网设备发送模式切换请求信息。Case 2: When the first access network device receives request information from the terminal device, and the request information is used to request the first access network device to perform transmission mode switching, the first access network device determines to transfer to the second access network device. The device sends a mode switching request message.
情况三,第一接入网设备收到来自核心网设备的传输模式切换指示信息时,第一接入网设备确定向第二接入网设备发送模式切换请求信息。Case 3: When the first access network device receives the transmission mode switching instruction information from the core network device, the first access network device determines to send the mode switching request information to the second access network device.
S320,第一接入网设备向第二接入网设备发送模式切换请求信息,第二接入网设备接收来自第一接入网设备的模式切换请求信息。S320: The first access network device sends mode switching request information to the second access network device, and the second access network device receives the mode switching request information from the first access network device.
可以理解的是,在任何情况下,第一接入网设备都可以向第二接入网设备发送模式切换请求信息。包括但不限于以下场景:It can be understood that, in any case, the first access network device may send mode switching request information to the second access network device. Including but not limited to the following scenarios:
在开启第一接入网设备的传输模式为第一传输模式时,第一接入网设备向第二接入网设备发送模式切换请求信息。例如,第一接入网设备以单播进行通信时,可以向第二接入网设备请求切换到多播传输。When the transmission mode of the first access network device is the first transmission mode, the first access network device sends mode switching request information to the second access network device. For example, when the first access network device communicates in unicast, it may request the second access network device to switch to multicast transmission.
在关闭第一接入网设备的当前传输模式时,第一接入网设备向第二接入网设备发送模式切换请求信息,模式切换请求信息用于指示当前传输模式进入关闭状态,即不采用任何传输模式传输数据。When the current transmission mode of the first access network device is turned off, the first access network device sends mode switching request information to the second access network device. The mode switching request information is used to indicate that the current transmission mode enters the off state, that is, it is not used. Transfer data in any transfer mode.
在将第一接入网设备的传输模式切换为第一传输模式时,第一接入网设备向第二接入网设备发送模式切换请求信息。When the transmission mode of the first access network device is switched to the first transmission mode, the first access network device sends mode switching request information to the second access network device.
S330,第二接入网设备向第一接入网设备发送模式切换请求信息的响应信息,第一接入网设备接收来自第二接入网设备的模式切换请求信息的响应信息。S330: The second access network device sends response information of the mode switching request information to the first access network device, and the first access network device receives the response information of the mode switching request information from the second access network device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,模式切换请求信息用于请求第一接入网设备切换第一业务的传输模式为第一传输模式。相应地,模式切换请求信息的响应信息指示第二接入网设备是否接受第一接入网设备切换第一业务的传输模式为第一传输模式。可以理解的是,此时第二接入网设备可以为第一接入网设备的主控制节点。若模式切换请求信息的响应信息指示第二接入网设备接受第一接入网设备切换第一业务的传输模式为第一传输模式,则第二接入网设备配合第一接入设备将第一业务的传输模式切换为第一传输模式。若模式切换请求信息的响应信息指示第二接入网设备不接受第一接入网设备切换第一业务的传输模式为第一传输模式,可选地,模式切换请求信息的响应信息可以承载不接受的原因。可选地,若第二接入网设备暂时无法接受第一接入网设备切换第一业务的传输模式为第一传输模式,则模式切换请求信息的响应信息可以指示第一接入网设备切换第一传输模式的切换时间,具体地,第一接入网设备可以在第一时间长度之后切换第一业务的传输模式为第一传输模式,如第一时间长度为10ms。In a possible implementation manner, the mode switching request information is used to request the first access network device to switch the transmission mode of the first service to the first transmission mode. Correspondingly, the response information of the mode switching request information indicates whether the second access network device accepts the first access network device to switch the transmission mode of the first service to the first transmission mode. It is understandable that, at this time, the second access network device may be the master control node of the first access network device. If the response information of the mode switching request information indicates that the second access network device accepts the first access network device to switch the transmission mode of the first service to the first transmission mode, the second access network device cooperates with the first access device to perform the first transmission mode. The transmission mode of a service is switched to the first transmission mode. If the response information of the mode switching request information indicates that the second access network device does not accept the first access network device to switch the transmission mode of the first service to the first transmission mode, optionally, the response information of the mode switching request information may carry no Reason for acceptance. Optionally, if the second access network device is temporarily unable to accept that the first access network device switches the transmission mode of the first service to the first transmission mode, the response information of the mode switching request information may instruct the first access network device to switch The switching time of the first transmission mode, specifically, the first access network device may switch the transmission mode of the first service to the first transmission mode after the first time length, for example, the first time length is 10 ms.
在另外一种可能的实现方式中,模式切换请求信息用于请求第二接入网设备切换第一业务的传输模式为第一传输模式。相应地,模式切换请求信息的响应信息指示第二接入网设备是否自身切换第一业务的传输模式为第一传输模式。若模式切换请求信息的响应信息指示第二接入网设备接受自身切换第一业务的传输模式为第一传输模式,则第二接入网设备切换第一业务的传输模式为第一传输模式。In another possible implementation manner, the mode switching request information is used to request the second access network device to switch the transmission mode of the first service to the first transmission mode. Correspondingly, the response information of the mode switching request information indicates whether the second access network device itself switches the transmission mode of the first service to the first transmission mode. If the response information of the mode switching request information indicates that the second access network device accepts itself to switch the transmission mode of the first service to the first transmission mode, the second access network device switches the transmission mode of the first service to the first transmission mode.
在方法300中,模式切换请求信息可以承载在一个新的消息中,也可以承载在现有的流程中的任何一个消息中,例如在图4的切换场景下,模式切换请求信息可以承载在图4的切换请求消息中或者承载在图4的切换请求消息的确认消息中。模式切换请求信息的响 应信息可以承载在一个新的消息中,也可以承载在现有的流程中的任何一个消息中,例如在切换场景下,模式切换请求信息可以承载在图4的切换请求消息的响应消息中。In method 300, the mode switching request information can be carried in a new message or in any message in the existing process. For example, in the switching scenario of FIG. 4, the mode switching request information can be carried in the figure. In the handover request message of 4 or carried in the confirmation message of the handover request message in FIG. 4. The response information of the mode switching request information can be carried in a new message or in any message in the existing process. For example, in a switching scenario, the mode switching request information can be carried in the switching request message in Figure 4 In the response message.
因此,上述提供的传输数据的方法,第一接入网设备可以向第二接入网设备发送模式切换请求信息,这样,第一接入网设备或第二接入网设备可以切换第一业务的传输模式为第一传输模式,能够根据多样化的通信需求灵活切换传输模式,从而能够提高传输效率。Therefore, in the data transmission method provided above, the first access network device can send mode switching request information to the second access network device, so that the first access network device or the second access network device can switch the first service The transmission mode of is the first transmission mode, which can flexibly switch the transmission mode according to diversified communication requirements, thereby improving transmission efficiency.
下面结合图5以第一传输模式为单播,第一接入网设备的当前传输模式为MBSFN传输为例描述传输数据的方法500。方法500包括:In the following, the method 500 for transmitting data will be described with reference to FIG. 5 taking the first transmission mode as unicast and the current transmission mode of the first access network device as MBSFN transmission as an example. Method 500 includes:
S510,第一接入网设备确定模式切换请求信息,所述模式切换请求信息用于请求切换第一接入网设备的第一业务的传输模式为单播。S510: The first access network device determines mode switching request information, where the mode switching request information is used to request to switch the transmission mode of the first service of the first access network device to unicast.
第一接入网设备执行S520的场景包括但不限于以下三种场景:The scenarios in which the first access network device performs S520 include but are not limited to the following three scenarios:
情况一,当第一接入网设备通过终端设备获得测量结果,根据质量结果判断需要执行传输模式切换时,第一接入网设备确定向第二接入网设备发送模式切换请求信息。Case 1: When the first access network device obtains the measurement result through the terminal device and determines that the transmission mode switching needs to be performed according to the quality result, the first access network device determines to send the mode switching request information to the second access network device.
情况二,当第一接入网设备收到终端设备的请求信息,所述请求信息用于请求第一接入网设备执行传输模式切换时,第一接入网设备确定向第二接入网设备发送模式切换请求信息。Case 2: When the first access network device receives request information from the terminal device, and the request information is used to request the first access network device to perform transmission mode switching, the first access network device determines to transfer to the second access network device. The device sends a mode switching request message.
情况三,第一接入网设备收到来自核心网设备的传输模式切换指示信息时,第一接入网设备确定向第二接入网设备发送模式切换请求信息。Case 3: When the first access network device receives the transmission mode switching instruction information from the core network device, the first access network device determines to send the mode switching request information to the second access network device.
S520,第一接入网设备向第二接入网设备发送模式切换请求信息,第二接入网设备接收来自第一接入网设备的模式切换请求信息。S520: The first access network device sends mode switching request information to the second access network device, and the second access network device receives the mode switching request information from the first access network device.
可选地,如果第一接入网设备与第二接入网设备正在进行MBSFN传输,第二接入网设备接收到模式切换请求信息之后可以断开用于与第一接入网设备进行MBSFN传输的连接,此时第二接入网设备可以为第一接入网设备的控制节点。Optionally, if the first access network device and the second access network device are performing MBSFN transmission, the second access network device may disconnect the MBSFN for performing MBSFN with the first access network device after receiving the mode switching request information. Transmission connection, at this time, the second access network device may be the control node of the first access network device.
可选地,如果存在S570,则可以在S570之后,第二接入网设备可以断开用于与第一接入网设备进行MBSFN传输的连接。Optionally, if there is S570, after S570, the second access network device may disconnect the connection used for MBSFN transmission with the first access network device.
S530,第一接入网设备向核心网设备发送第一指示信息,核心网设备接收来自第一接入网设备的第一指示信息,第一指示信息指示核心网设备激活第一传输通道,第一传输通道用于核心网设备向第一接入网设备传输第一业务。S530: The first access network device sends first indication information to the core network device, and the core network device receives first indication information from the first access network device. The first indication information instructs the core network device to activate the first transmission channel. A transmission channel is used for the core network device to transmit the first service to the first access network device.
上述的第一传输通道可以是核心网设备与所述第一接入网设备之间的PDU会话(session)的传输路径或者QoS流flow的传输路径或者GTP隧道的传输路径或者其他业务类型的传输路径。或者上述的第一指示信息可以指示核心网设备建立第一传输通道。换句话说第一指示信息的作用为使得核心网设备无论是新建立的第一传输通道还是激活已经建立的第一传输通道能够正常传输第一业务。The foregoing first transmission channel may be the transmission path of the PDU session (session) between the core network device and the first access network device, the transmission path of the QoS flow, the transmission path of the GTP tunnel, or the transmission of other types of services. path. Or the foregoing first indication information may instruct the core network device to establish the first transmission channel. In other words, the function of the first indication information is to enable the core network device to normally transmit the first service whether it is the newly established first transmission channel or the activated first transmission channel.
S540,根据第一指示信息激活第一传输通道。S540: Activate the first transmission channel according to the first indication information.
可以理解的是,第一接入网设备通过单播向终端设备发送的第一业务的数据包来源于第一传输通道。It can be understood that the data packet of the first service sent by the first access network device to the terminal device through unicast originates from the first transmission channel.
S550,第一接入网设备向核心网设备发送第二指示信息,核心网设备接收来自第一接入网设备的第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示第一数据包,第一数据包为第一接入网设备将第一业务的传输模式切换为第一传输模式之后或者核心网设备激活第一传输通道之后,所述核心网设备向第一接入网设备传输的第一业务的第一个数据包。S550. The first access network device sends second indication information to the core network device, and the core network device receives second indication information from the first access network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the first data packet and the first data The package is the first service transmitted by the core network device to the first access network device after the first access network device switches the transmission mode of the first service to the first transmission mode or after the core network device activates the first transmission channel The first packet.
具体地,第一接入网设备正在进行MBSFN传输时,确定进行MBSFN传输的第一业务的最后一个数据包,并且该最后一个数据包的序列号为X,当第一接入网设备执行S520之后,第一接入网设备确定将要进行单播传输的第一业务的第一个数据包的序列号为X+1,即第一数据包的第一序列号为X+1。这样可以保证第一业务的数据包的连续性,避免数据包的丢失,从而可以提高传输效率。Specifically, when the first access network device is performing MBSFN transmission, it determines the last data packet of the first service for MBSFN transmission, and the sequence number of the last data packet is X. When the first access network device performs S520 After that, the first access network device determines that the sequence number of the first data packet of the first service to be unicast transmission is X+1, that is, the first sequence number of the first data packet is X+1. In this way, the continuity of the data packets of the first service can be guaranteed, and the loss of the data packets can be avoided, thereby improving the transmission efficiency.
可选地,第二指示信息包括第一序列号(sequence number,SN),所述第一序列号用于指示所述第一数据包在所述第一业务的至少一个数据包中的顺序。第一业务的至少一个数据包中每个数据包的序列号为核心网设备统一配置的。换句话说,第一业务的至少一个数据包的顺序为核心网设备或者数据服务器统一配置的。Optionally, the second indication information includes a first sequence number (sequence number, SN), and the first sequence number is used to indicate the sequence of the first data packet in at least one data packet of the first service. The sequence number of each data packet in at least one data packet of the first service is uniformly configured by the core network device. In other words, the sequence of at least one data packet of the first service is uniformly configured by the core network device or the data server.
具体来说,每个数据包的包头可以包括一个序列号,序列号用于指示相应的数据包在第一业务的至少一个数据包中的顺序,例如,所述第一序列号为第一数据包的GTP-U报文头部中的序列号(sequence number,SN)。在一种可能的实现中,所述第一序列号专用于指示所述第一数据包的顺序,例如,所述第一序列号是通过报文中的序号字段指示的,所述序号字段是新增的字段,或者所述序号字段复用预留的字段或比特。Specifically, the header of each data packet may include a sequence number, and the sequence number is used to indicate the sequence of the corresponding data packet in at least one data packet of the first service. For example, the first sequence number is the first data packet. The sequence number (SN) in the GTP-U packet header of the packet. In a possible implementation, the first sequence number is dedicated to indicating the sequence of the first data packet. For example, the first sequence number is indicated by a sequence number field in a message, and the sequence number field is The newly added field or the sequence number field reuses reserved fields or bits.
S560,核心网设备通过第一传输通道向第一接入网设备发送第一数据包。可选地,核心网设备在发送第一数据包之后可以继续发送第一数据包之后的数据包。S560: The core network device sends the first data packet to the first access network device through the first transmission channel. Optionally, the core network device may continue to send data packets after the first data packet after sending the first data packet.
需要说明的是,S530和S550可以承载在一个消息中,也可以承载在不同的消息中同时发送,或者按照先后顺序发送,本申请实施例不予限制。It should be noted that S530 and S550 can be carried in one message, and can also be carried in different messages and sent at the same time, or sent in a sequential order, which is not limited in this embodiment of the application.
可选地,方法500还包括:步骤S570,在S520之后,第二接入网设备向第一接入网设备发送第三指示信息,第三指示信息指示第二数据包,第二数据包为在第一接入网设备切换第一业务的传输模式为第一传输模式之前,第二接入网设备向第一接入网设备的传输的第一业务的最后一个数据包。Optionally, the method 500 further includes: step S570. After S520, the second access network device sends third indication information to the first access network device, the third indication information indicates the second data packet, and the second data packet is Before the first access network device switches the transmission mode of the first service to the first transmission mode, the second access network device transmits the last data packet of the first service to the first access network device.
如果S570存在,则S550包括:第一接入网设备在接收到来自第二接入网设备的第三指示信息之后,根据第三指示信息向核心网设备发送第二指示信息。换句话说,S550包括两种实现方式,方式一为第一接入网设备执行完S520之后,就可以自身确定第二指示信息,方式二为在S570之后,根据S570中的第三指示信息执行S550。可选地,第三指示信息包括第二序列号,第二序列号用于指示第二数据包在所述第一业务的至少一个数据包中的顺序。第一业务的至少一个数据包中每个数据包的序列号为核心网设备统一配置的。换句话说,第一业务的至少一个数据包的顺序为核心网设备统一配置的。If S570 exists, S550 includes: after receiving the third instruction information from the second access network device, the first access network device sends second instruction information to the core network device according to the third instruction information. In other words, S550 includes two implementation methods. The first method is that after the first access network device performs S520, it can determine the second instruction information by itself, and the second method is that after S570, execute according to the third instruction information in S570. S550. Optionally, the third indication information includes a second sequence number, and the second sequence number is used to indicate the sequence of the second data packet in the at least one data packet of the first service. The sequence number of each data packet in at least one data packet of the first service is uniformly configured by the core network device. In other words, the sequence of at least one data packet of the first service is uniformly configured by the core network device.
具体地,第一接入网设备与第二接入网设备正在进行MBSFN传输时,在S520中第二接入网设备接收到来自第一接入网设备的模式切换请求信息之后,第二接入网设备确定进行MBSFN传输的第一业务的最后一个数据包,并且该最后一个数据包的序列号为X,即第二数据包的第二序列号为X。第二接入网设备向第一接入网设备发送第三指示信息,第三指示信息指示X。第一接入网设备根据第三指示信息指示的X确定将要进行单播传输的第一业务的第一个数据包的序列号为X+1,即第一数据包的第一序列号为X+1,则第一接入网设备在S550中向核心网发送的第二指示信息指示的第一数据包的序列号为X+1,核心网设备向第一接入网设备发送序列号为X+1的第一数据包。这样可以保证第一业务的数据包的连续性,避免数据包的丢失,从而可以提高传输效率。如果S570存在,可选地,第三指示信息可以为方法300中的模式切换请求信息的响应信息;可选地,第三指示 信息可以为独立与方法300中的模式切换请求信息的响应信息,在这种情况下,方法500还可以包括,第二接入网设备向第一接入网设备发送模式切换请求信息的响应信息。Specifically, when the first access network device and the second access network device are performing MBSFN transmission, after the second access network device receives the mode switching request information from the first access network device in S520, the second access network device The network access device determines the last data packet of the first service for MBSFN transmission, and the sequence number of the last data packet is X, that is, the second sequence number of the second data packet is X. The second access network device sends third indication information to the first access network device, and the third indication information indicates X. The first access network device determines, according to X indicated by the third indication information, that the sequence number of the first data packet of the first service to be unicast transmission is X+1, that is, the first sequence number of the first data packet is X +1, the sequence number of the first data packet indicated by the second indication information sent to the core network by the first access network device in S550 is X+1, and the sequence number sent by the core network device to the first access network device is The first data packet of X+1. In this way, the continuity of the data packets of the first service can be guaranteed, and the loss of the data packets can be avoided, thereby improving the transmission efficiency. If S570 exists, optionally, the third indication information may be response information of the mode switching request information in method 300; optionally, the third indication information may be response information independent of the mode switching request information in method 300, In this case, the method 500 may further include the second access network device sending response information of the mode switching request information to the first access network device.
可选地,S510和S520以及第二接入网设备向第一接入网设备发送模式切换请求信息的响应信息可以作为一个单独的实施例存在,不依赖于S530-S580。这样,可以实现终端设备从第二接入网设备的覆盖范围移动到第一接入网设备的覆盖范围的场景下,将第一接入网设备的传输模式切换为单播传输。具体的,如果终端设备从第二接入网设备的覆盖范围移动到第一接入网设备的覆盖范围内,第二接入网设备根据终端设备上报的测量报告确定将服务终端设备的接入网设备切换为第一接入网设备,第二接入网设备可以向第一接入网设备发送切换请求消息(如图4的切换请求消息),第一接入网设备可以向第二接入网设备发送切换请求消息的确认消息(如图4的切换请求消息的确认消息),该切换请求消息的确认消息可以包括S520中的模式切换请求信息。当然,S520中的模式切换请求信息也可以携带在任何一个第一接入网设备向第二接入网设备发送的消息中,本申请实施例对此不作限定,这样能节省信令开销。可选地,在图4的场景下,第二接入网设备收到切换请求消息的确认消息后,向终端设备发送的切换命令中携带指示第一接入网设备切换第一业务的传输模式为单播的指示信息,以便于终端设备更好的接收第一接入网设备发送的数据。另外,第二接入网设备可以根据第一接入网设备切换第一业务的传输模式为单播,决定向第一接入网设备转发某一协议层的数据包,例如可以转发RLC层数据包或者PDCP层数据包。Optionally, S510 and S520 and the response information of the second access network device sending the mode switching request information to the first access network device may exist as a separate embodiment, independent of S530-S580. In this way, in a scenario where the terminal device moves from the coverage area of the second access network device to the coverage area of the first access network device, the transmission mode of the first access network device can be switched to unicast transmission. Specifically, if the terminal device moves from the coverage area of the second access network device to the coverage area of the first access network device, the second access network device determines the access of the service terminal device according to the measurement report reported by the terminal device. The network device is switched to the first access network device, the second access network device can send a handover request message (such as the handover request message in Figure 4) to the first access network device, and the first access network device can send a handover request message to the second access network device. The network-connected device sends a confirmation message of the switching request message (such as the confirmation message of the switching request message in FIG. 4), and the confirmation message of the switching request message may include the mode switching request information in S520. Of course, the mode switching request information in S520 may also be carried in any message sent by the first access network device to the second access network device, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application, which can save signaling overhead. Optionally, in the scenario of FIG. 4, after the second access network device receives the confirmation message of the handover request message, the handover command sent to the terminal device carries the transmission mode instructing the first access network device to switch the first service It is unicast instruction information, so that the terminal device can better receive the data sent by the first access network device. In addition, the second access network device may switch the transmission mode of the first service to unicast according to the first access network device, and decide to forward a data packet of a certain protocol layer to the first access network device, for example, it may forward RLC layer data Packet or PDCP layer data packet.
S580,第一接入网设备将接收到的第一数据包根据自身时频资源的调度情况、网络负载情况以及信道质量条件,确定各个协议栈层的处理方式,最终将处理后的数据包发送给终端设备。可选地,第一接入网设备将从核心设备接收的第一数据包之后的数据包按照自身时频资源的调度情况、网络负载情况以及信道质量条件,确定各个协议栈的处理方式后,将处理后的第一数据包向终端设备发送。S580: The first access network device determines the processing mode of each protocol stack layer according to the scheduling situation of its own time-frequency resource, network load situation and channel quality condition of the received first data packet, and finally sends the processed data packet To the terminal equipment. Optionally, the first access network device determines the processing mode of each protocol stack according to its own time-frequency resource scheduling situation, network load situation, and channel quality conditions for the data packets after the first data packet received from the core device, Send the processed first data packet to the terminal device.
因此,在方法500中,第一接入网设备通过向第二接入网设备发送模式切换请求信息,请求将第一接入网设备的传输模式切换为单播,这样可以实现从MBSFN传输到单播传输的切换。并且,第一接入网设备向核心网设备发送的第二指示信息可以保证第一业务的连续性,从而可以提高传输效率。Therefore, in the method 500, the first access network device requests to switch the transmission mode of the first access network device to unicast by sending mode switching request information to the second access network device, so that the transmission from MBSFN to Switching of unicast transmission. In addition, the second indication information sent by the first access network device to the core network device can ensure the continuity of the first service, thereby improving transmission efficiency.
下面结合图6以第一传输模式为MBSFN传输,第一接入网设备当前传输模式为单播为例描述传输数据的方法600。方法600包括:In the following, a method 600 for data transmission will be described with reference to FIG. 6 taking the first transmission mode as MBSFN transmission and the current transmission mode of the first access network device as unicast as an example. Method 600 includes:
S610,第一接入网设备确定模式切换请求信息,所述模式切换请求信息用于请求切换第一接入网设备的第一业务的传输模式为MBSFN传输。S610: The first access network device determines mode switching request information, where the mode switching request information is used to request to switch the transmission mode of the first service of the first access network device to MBSFN transmission.
第一接入网设备执行S620的场景包括但不限于以下三种场景:The scenarios in which the first access network device executes S620 include but are not limited to the following three scenarios:
情况一,当第一接入网设备通过终端设备获得测量结果,根据质量结果判断需要执行传输模式切换时,第一接入网设备确定向第二接入网设备发送模式切换请求信息。Case 1: When the first access network device obtains the measurement result through the terminal device and determines that the transmission mode switching needs to be performed according to the quality result, the first access network device determines to send the mode switching request information to the second access network device.
情况二,当第一接入网设备收到终端设备的请求信息,所述请求信息用于请求第一接入网设备执行传输模式切换时,第一接入网设备确定向第二接入网设备发送模式切换请求信息。Case 2: When the first access network device receives request information from the terminal device, and the request information is used to request the first access network device to perform transmission mode switching, the first access network device determines to transfer to the second access network device. The device sends a mode switching request message.
情况三,第一接入网设备收到来自核心网设备的传输模式切换指示信息时,第一接入网设备确定向第二接入网设备发送模式切换请求信息。Case 3: When the first access network device receives the transmission mode switching instruction information from the core network device, the first access network device determines to send the mode switching request information to the second access network device.
S620,第一接入网设备向第二接入网设备发送模式切换请求信息,第二接入网设备接收来自第一接入网设备的模式切换请求信息。S620: The first access network device sends mode switching request information to the second access network device, and the second access network device receives the mode switching request information from the first access network device.
可选地,第二接入网设备接收到模式切换请求信息之后与第一接入网设备建立用于进行MBSFN传输的连接,此时第二接入网设备可以为第一接入网设备的控制节点,当然除了第二接入网设备之外的设备也可以为第一接入网设备的控制节点。如果第一接入网设备当前正在进行单播传输,如果第一接入网设备正在使用单播传输方式传输的数据来自于核心网设备,则执行S630。如果第一接入网设备正在使用单播传输方式传输的数据来自于第二接入网设备的转发,则第二接入网设备收到模式切换请求信息后,会停止转发用于单播传输的数据包。S630,第一接入网设备向核心网设备发送第一指示信息,核心网设备接收来自第一接入网设备的第一指示信息,第一指示信息指示核心网设备去激活第一传输通道,第一传输通道用于核心网设备向第一接入网设备传输第一业务。Optionally, after receiving the mode switching request information, the second access network device establishes a connection with the first access network device for MBSFN transmission. In this case, the second access network device may be the device of the first access network device. The control node, of course, a device other than the second access network device may also be a control node of the first access network device. If the first access network device is currently performing unicast transmission, and if the data transmitted by the first access network device using the unicast transmission mode comes from the core network device, S630 is executed. If the data transmitted by the first access network device using unicast transmission comes from the forwarding of the second access network device, the second access network device will stop forwarding for unicast transmission after receiving the mode switching request information Packets. S630: The first access network device sends first indication information to the core network device, the core network device receives first indication information from the first access network device, and the first indication information instructs the core network device to deactivate the first transmission channel. The first transmission channel is used for the core network device to transmit the first service to the first access network device.
S640,核心网设备根据第一指示信息去激活第一传输通道。S640: The core network device deactivates the first transmission channel according to the first indication information.
其中,第一传输通道参见方法500中的描述。For the first transmission channel, refer to the description in method 500.
S650,第二接入网设备向第一接入网设备发送第四指示信息,第一接入网设备接收来自第二接入网设备的第四指示信息。第四指示信息用于指示以下至少一个:第一接入网设备向终端设备发送第一业务的第三数据包的时频资源和/或频域资源,第三数据包的处理信息。S650: The second access network device sends fourth indication information to the first access network device, and the first access network device receives the fourth indication information from the second access network device. The fourth indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the time-frequency resource and/or frequency domain resource of the third data packet of the first service sent by the first access network device to the terminal device, and processing information of the third data packet.
其中,第三数据包的处理信息包括:物理层的调制方式、调制阶数、调制与编码策略(modulation and coding scheme,MCS)等参数中的至少一个。The processing information of the third data packet includes at least one of the physical layer modulation mode, modulation order, modulation and coding strategy (modulation and coding scheme, MCS) and other parameters.
可选地,第三数据包可以是由第二接入网设备发送给第一接入网设备的,也可以是其他的设备发送给第一接入网设备的,本申请实施例对此不作限定。Optionally, the third data packet may be sent by the second access network device to the first access network device, or sent by other devices to the first access network device, which is not described in this embodiment of the application. limited.
在一种可能的实现中,第三数据包是第二接入网设备发送给第一接入网设备的,例如,第三数据包可以是媒体接入控制(medium access control,MAC)协议数据单元(protocol data unit,PDU),换句话说,如果第一接入网设备切换第一业务的传输模式为MBSFN,则第二接入网设备可以向第一接入网设备发送经过分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层、无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层和媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)层处理的第三数据包。In a possible implementation, the third data packet is sent by the second access network device to the first access network device. For example, the third data packet may be media access control (MAC) protocol data Unit (protocol data unit, PDU), in other words, if the first access network device switches the transmission mode of the first service to MBSFN, the second access network device can send packet data aggregation to the first access network device. The third data packet processed by the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer, radio link control (RLC) layer, and media access control (MAC) layer.
可以理解的是,第三数据包可以为一个数据包,此时第三数据包为第一接入网设备切换第一业务的传输模式为MBSFN传输之后,第二接入网设备向第一接入网设备发送的第一个数包。第三数据包也可以为多个数据包,此时第三数据包为第一接入网设备切换第一业务的传输模式为MBSFN传输之后,第二接入网设备向第一接入网设备发送的连续的多个数据包。It is understandable that the third data packet may be a data packet. At this time, the third data packet is for the first access network device to switch the transmission mode of the first service to MBSFN transmission. The first data packet sent by the connected device. The third data packet may also be multiple data packets. At this time, the third data packet is for the first access network device to switch the transmission mode of the first service to MBSFN transmission, and the second access network device sends the data to the first access network device. Multiple consecutive packets sent.
可选地,第四指示信息可以为方法300中的模式切换请求信息的响应信息;可选地,第四指示信息可以为独立于方法300中的模式切换请求信息的响应信息,在这种情况下,方法600还可以包括,第二接入网设备向第一接入网设备发送模式切换请求信息的响应信息。Optionally, the fourth indication information may be response information of the mode switching request information in method 300; optionally, the fourth indication information may be response information independent of the mode switching request information in method 300, in this case Next, the method 600 may further include the second access network device sending response information of the mode switching request information to the first access network device.
可选地,S610和S620以及第二接入网设备向第一接入网设备发送模式切换请求信息的响应信息可以作为一个单独的实施例存在,不依赖于方法600中的S640和S650。这样,可以实现终端设备从第二接入网设备的覆盖范围移动到第一接入网设备的覆盖范围的场 景下,将第一接入网设备的传输模式切换为MBSFN传输。具体的,如果终端设备从第二接入网设备的覆盖范围移动到第一接入网设备的覆盖范围内,第二接入网设备根据终端设备上报的测量报告确定将服务终端设备的接入网设备切换为第一接入网设备,第二接入网设备可以向第一接入网设备发送切换请求消息(如图4的切换请求消息),第一接入网设备可以向第二接入网设备发送切换请求消息的确认消息(如图4的切换请求消息的确认消息),该切换请求消息的确认消息可以包括S620中的模式切换请求信息。当然,S620中的模式切换请求信息也可以携带在任何一个第一接入网设备向第二接入网设备发送的消息中,本申请实施例对此不作限定,这样能节省信令开销。可选地,在图4的场景下,第二接入网设备收到切换请求消息的确认消息后,向终端设备发送的切换命令中携带指示第一接入网设备切换第一业务的传输模式为MBSFN传输的指示信息,以便于终端设备更好的接收第一接入网设备发送的数据。另外,第二接入网设备可以根据第一接入网设备切换第一业务的传输模式为MBSFN传输,决定向第一接入网设备转发某一协议层的数据包,例如可以转发MAC层数据包。Optionally, S610 and S620 and the response information of the mode switching request information sent by the second access network device to the first access network device may exist as a separate embodiment, independent of S640 and S650 in the method 600. In this way, in a scenario where the terminal device moves from the coverage area of the second access network device to the coverage area of the first access network device, the transmission mode of the first access network device can be switched to MBSFN transmission. Specifically, if the terminal device moves from the coverage area of the second access network device to the coverage area of the first access network device, the second access network device determines the access of the service terminal device according to the measurement report reported by the terminal device. The network device is switched to the first access network device, the second access network device can send a handover request message (such as the handover request message in Figure 4) to the first access network device, and the first access network device can send a handover request message to the second access network device. The network-connected device sends a confirmation message of the handover request message (as shown in the confirmation message of the handover request message in FIG. 4), and the confirmation message of the handover request message may include the mode switch request information in S620. Of course, the mode switching request information in S620 may also be carried in any message sent by any first access network device to the second access network device, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application, which can save signaling overhead. Optionally, in the scenario of FIG. 4, after the second access network device receives the confirmation message of the handover request message, the handover command sent to the terminal device carries the transmission mode instructing the first access network device to switch the first service The instruction information transmitted for MBSFN, so that the terminal device can better receive the data sent by the first access network device. In addition, the second access network device can switch the transmission mode of the first service to MBSFN transmission according to the first access network device to decide to forward a data packet of a certain protocol layer to the first access network device, for example, it can forward MAC layer data Bag.
可以理解的是,S650与S630的顺序没有任何限制,S650可以在S630之前或之前或者同时进行。It can be understood that there is no restriction on the order of S650 and S630, and S650 can be performed before or before S630 or at the same time.
S660,第一接入网设备根据第四指示信息向终端设备发送第三数据包。S660: The first access network device sends a third data packet to the terminal device according to the fourth instruction information.
具体地,S660包括:第一接入网设备根据第四指示信息按照第一接入网设备的物理(physical,PHY)层参数向终端设备发送第三数据包。例如,第一接入网设备在物理层对第三数据包进行处理以后,在第四指示信息指示的时域资源和/或频域资源向终端设备发送第三数据包。其中,第一接入网设备在物理层对第三数据包进行处理的可以根据第一接入网设备的物理层参数也可以根据第三数据包的处理信息所包括的物理层的调制方式、调制阶数、调制与编码策略(modulation and coding scheme,MCS)等参数中的至少一个,对第三数据包进行处理。Specifically, S660 includes: the first access network device sends the third data packet to the terminal device according to the physical (physical, PHY) layer parameters of the first access network device according to the fourth indication information. For example, after the first access network device processes the third data packet at the physical layer, it sends the third data packet to the terminal device in the time domain resource and/or frequency domain resource indicated by the fourth indication information. Wherein, the first access network device processes the third data packet at the physical layer according to the physical layer parameters of the first access network device or according to the modulation mode of the physical layer included in the processing information of the third data packet, At least one of the modulation order, modulation and coding strategy (modulation and coding scheme, MCS) and other parameters, process the third data packet.
因此,方法600中,第一接入网设备通过向第二接入网设备发送模式切换请求信息,请求将第一接入网设备的传输模式切换为MBSFN传输,这样可以实现从单播传输切换为MBSFN传输。在切换为MBSFN传输之后,第二接入网设备可以向第一接入网设备发送第四指示信息,第一接入网设备可以根据第四指示信息在第一接入网设备对第三数据包进行处理后向终端设备发送,从而可以保证准确的进行MBSFN传输。Therefore, in method 600, the first access network device requests to switch the transmission mode of the first access network device to MBSFN transmission by sending mode switching request information to the second access network device, so that switching from unicast transmission can be realized. It is MBSFN transmission. After switching to MBSFN transmission, the second access network device may send fourth instruction information to the first access network device, and the first access network device may send third data to the first access network device according to the fourth instruction information. After the packet is processed, it is sent to the terminal device, thereby ensuring accurate MBSFN transmission.
上述方法500和方法600中,如果第一接入网设备采用单播传输,则第一业务的数据包是核心网设备发送给第一接入网设备的,下面结合图7和图8描述,如果第一接入网设备采用单播传输,则第一业务的数据包是第二接入网设备发送给第一接入网设备的。In the above method 500 and method 600, if the first access network device adopts unicast transmission, the data packet of the first service is sent by the core network device to the first access network device, which is described below with reference to FIG. 7 and FIG. 8. If the first access network device adopts unicast transmission, the data packet of the first service is sent by the second access network device to the first access network device.
下面结合图7以第一传输模式为单播传输,第一接入网设备当前传输模式为MBSFN为例描述传输数据的方法700。方法700包括:The method 700 for transmitting data will be described below with reference to FIG. 7 taking the first transmission mode as unicast transmission and the current transmission mode of the first access network device as MBSFN as an example. Method 700 includes:
S710,第一接入网设备确定模式切换请求信息,所述模式切换请求信息用于请求切换第一接入网设备的第一业务的传输模式为单播。S710: The first access network device determines mode switching request information, where the mode switching request information is used to request to switch the transmission mode of the first service of the first access network device to unicast.
第一接入网设备执行S720的场景包括但不限于以下三种场景:The scenarios in which the first access network device executes S720 include but are not limited to the following three scenarios:
情况一,当第一接入网设备通过终端设备获得测量结果,根据质量结果判断需要执行传输模式切换时,第一接入网设备确定向第二接入网设备发送模式切换请求信息。Case 1: When the first access network device obtains the measurement result through the terminal device and determines that the transmission mode switching needs to be performed according to the quality result, the first access network device determines to send the mode switching request information to the second access network device.
情况二,当第一接入网设备收到终端设备的请求信息,所述请求信息用于请求第一接 入网设备执行传输模式切换时,第一接入网设备确定向第二接入网设备发送模式切换请求信息。Case 2: When the first access network device receives request information from the terminal device, and the request information is used to request the first access network device to perform transmission mode switching, the first access network device determines to transfer to the second access network device. The device sends a mode switching request message.
情况三,第一接入网设备收到来自核心网设备的传输模式切换指示信息时,第一接入网设备确定向第二接入网设备发送模式切换请求信息。Case 3: When the first access network device receives the transmission mode switching instruction information from the core network device, the first access network device determines to send the mode switching request information to the second access network device.
S720,第一接入网设备向第二接入网设备发送模式切换请求信息,第二接入网设备接收来自第一接入网设备的模式切换请求信息。S720: The first access network device sends mode switching request information to the second access network device, and the second access network device receives the mode switching request information from the first access network device.
可选地,第二接入网设备接收到模式切换请求信息之后与第一接入网设备断开用于进行MBSFN传输的连接,此时第二接入网设备可以为第一接入网设备的控制节点。可选地,第二接入网设备与第一接入网设备建立用于转发单播方式传输的数据包的传输通道。Optionally, after receiving the mode switching request information, the second access network device disconnects from the first access network device for MBSFN transmission. At this time, the second access network device may be the first access network device. Control node. Optionally, the second access network device and the first access network device establish a transmission channel for forwarding data packets transmitted in a unicast manner.
如果第一接入网设备当前正在进行单播传输的数据的来源于第二接入网设备,则执行S730。If the data that the first access network device is currently performing unicast transmission comes from the second access network device, perform S730.
S730,第二接入网设备向第一接入网设备发送第一业务的第六数据包。S730: The second access network device sends the sixth data packet of the first service to the first access network device.
需要说明的是,第二接入网设备可以从核心网设备接收的关于第一业务的数据包,然后处理后或者不处理发送给第一接入网设备,例如向第一接入网设备发送第六数据包。It should be noted that the second access network device may receive the data packet about the first service from the core network device, and then send it to the first access network device after processing or without processing, for example, sending it to the first access network device. The sixth data packet.
例如,第六数据包可以PDCP PDU或者是PDCP服务数据单元(service data unit,SDU)或者是RLC PDU等。换句话说,如果第一接入网设备切换第一业务的传输模式为单播,则第二接入网设备可以向第一接入网设备发送没有经过PDCP层处理或者经过PDPC处理但是没有经过RLC层处理或者经过PDCP层以及RLC的处理但是没有经过MAC层处理的第六数据包。For example, the sixth data packet may be a PDCP PDU or a PDCP service data unit (SDU) or an RLC PDU. In other words, if the first access network device switches the transmission mode of the first service to unicast, the second access network device can send to the first access network device that it has not been processed by the PDCP layer or that it has not been processed by the PDPC. The sixth data packet processed by the RLC layer or processed by the PDCP layer and RLC but not processed by the MAC layer.
可以理解的是,第六数据包可以为一个数据包,此时第六数据包为第一接入网设备切换第一业务的传输模式为单播之后,第二接入网设备向第一接入网设备发送的第一个数包。第三数据包也可以为多个数据包,此时第六数据包为第一接入网设备切换第一业务的传输模式为单播之后,第二接入网设备向第一接入网设备发送的连续的多个数据包。It is understandable that the sixth data packet may be a data packet. At this time, the sixth data packet is for the first access network device to switch the transmission mode of the first service to unicast. The first data packet sent by the connected device. The third data packet can also be multiple data packets. At this time, the sixth data packet is for the first access network device to switch the transmission mode of the first service to unicast, and the second access network device sends the data to the first access network device. Multiple consecutive packets sent.
可选地,第六数据包可以为方法300中的模式切换请求信息的响应信息;可选地,第六数据包可以为独立与方法300中的模式切换请求信息的响应信息,在这种情况下,方法700还可以包括,第二接入网设备向第一接入网设备发送模式切换请求信息的响应信息。Optionally, the sixth data packet may be the response information of the mode switching request information in the method 300; optionally, the sixth data packet may be the response information independent of the mode switching request information in the method 300, in this case Next, the method 700 may further include the second access network device sending response information of the mode switching request information to the first access network device.
S740,第一接入网设备向终端设备发送经过处理的第六数据包。S740: The first access network device sends the processed sixth data packet to the terminal device.
具体地,第一接入网设备将接收到的第六数据包根据自身时频资源的调度情况、网络负载情况以及信道质量条件,确定各个协议栈层的处理方式,最终将处理后的第六数据包发送给终端设备。Specifically, the first access network device determines the processing mode of each protocol stack layer according to the scheduling situation of its own time-frequency resource, network load situation and channel quality condition of the received sixth data packet, and finally processes the sixth data packet after processing. The data packet is sent to the terminal device.
因此,在方法700中,第一接入网设备通过向第二接入网设备发送模式切换请求信息,请求将第一接入网设备的传输模式切换为单播,这样可以实现从MBSFN传输到单播传输的切换。并且,第一接入网设备切换为单播传输之后,第一接入网设备通过单播传输的第一业务的第六数据包的来源于第二接入网设备。第一接入网设备利用各个协议栈层的处理方式并对第六数据包进行处理后发送给终端设备,可以保证第一业务的连续性,从而可以提高传输效率。同时也避免了建立第一接入网设备与核心网设备之间的传输通道所带来的信令开销。Therefore, in the method 700, the first access network device requests to switch the transmission mode of the first access network device to unicast by sending the mode switching request information to the second access network device, so that the transmission from MBSFN to Switching of unicast transmission. In addition, after the first access network device switches to unicast transmission, the sixth data packet of the first service transmitted by the first access network device through unicast originates from the second access network device. The first access network device uses the processing methods of each protocol stack layer to process the sixth data packet and send it to the terminal device, which can ensure the continuity of the first service, thereby improving transmission efficiency. At the same time, the signaling overhead caused by establishing the transmission channel between the first access network device and the core network device is also avoided.
下面结合图8以第一传输模式为MBSFN传输,第一接入网设备当前传输模式为单播为例描述传输数据的方法800。方法800包括:The method 800 for data transmission is described below with reference to FIG. 8 taking the first transmission mode as MBSFN transmission and the current transmission mode of the first access network device as unicast as an example. Method 800 includes:
S810,第一接入网设备确定模式切换请求信息,所述模式切换请求信息用于请求切换第一接入网设备的第一业务的传输模式为MBSFN传输。S810: The first access network device determines mode switching request information, where the mode switching request information is used to request to switch the transmission mode of the first service of the first access network device to MBSFN transmission.
第一接入网设备执行S820的场景包括但不限于以下三种场景:The scenarios in which the first access network device performs S820 include but are not limited to the following three scenarios:
情况一,当第一接入网设备通过终端设备获得测量结果,根据质量结果判断需要执行传输模式切换时,第一接入网设备确定向第二接入网设备发送模式切换请求信息。Case 1: When the first access network device obtains the measurement result through the terminal device and determines that the transmission mode switching needs to be performed according to the quality result, the first access network device determines to send the mode switching request information to the second access network device.
情况二,当第一接入网设备收到终端设备的请求信息,所述请求信息用于请求第一接入网设备执行传输模式切换时,第一接入网设备确定向第二接入网设备发送模式切换请求信息。Case 2: When the first access network device receives request information from the terminal device, and the request information is used to request the first access network device to perform transmission mode switching, the first access network device determines to transfer to the second access network device. The device sends a mode switching request message.
情况三,第一接入网设备收到来自核心网设备的传输模式切换指示信息时,第一接入网设备确定向第二接入网设备发送模式切换请求信息。Case 3: When the first access network device receives the transmission mode switching instruction information from the core network device, the first access network device determines to send the mode switching request information to the second access network device.
S820,第一接入网设备向第二接入网设备发送模式切换请求信息,第二接入网设备接收来自第一接入网设备的模式切换请求信息。S820: The first access network device sends mode switching request information to the second access network device, and the second access network device receives the mode switching request information from the first access network device.
可选地,第二接入网设备接收到模式切换请求信息之后与第一接入网设备建立用于进行MBSFN传输的连接,此时第二接入网设备可以为第一接入网设备的控制节点。可选地,第二接入网设备断开与第一接入网设备之间的用于单播传输的连接。Optionally, after receiving the mode switching request information, the second access network device establishes a connection with the first access network device for MBSFN transmission. In this case, the second access network device may be the device of the first access network device. Control node. Optionally, the second access network device disconnects the connection for unicast transmission with the first access network device.
此时,第一接入网设备当前正在进行单播传输的数据的来源于第二接入网设备。At this time, the data currently being unicast transmitted by the first access network device originates from the second access network device.
S830,第二接入网设备向第一接入网设备发送第四指示信息和第三数据包,第一接入网设备接收来自第二接入网设备的第四指示信息和第三数据包。第四指示信息用于指示以下至少一个:第一接入网设备向终端设备发送第一业务的第三数据包的时频资源和/或频域资源,第三数据包的处理信息。S830. The second access network device sends the fourth indication information and the third data packet to the first access network device, and the first access network device receives the fourth indication information and the third data packet from the second access network device. . The fourth indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the time-frequency resource and/or frequency domain resource of the third data packet of the first service sent by the first access network device to the terminal device, and processing information of the third data packet.
其中,第三数据包的处理信息包括:物理层的调制方式、调制阶数、调制与编码策略(modulation and coding scheme,MCS)等参数中的至少一个。The processing information of the third data packet includes at least one of the physical layer modulation mode, modulation order, modulation and coding strategy (modulation and coding scheme, MCS) and other parameters.
需要说明的是,第二接入网设备可以从核心网设备接收的关于第一业务的数据包,然后处理后或者不处理发送给第一接入网设备,例如发送第三数据包给第一接入网设备。It should be noted that the second access network device may receive the data packet about the first service from the core network device, and then send it to the first access network device after processing or without processing, for example, sending the third data packet to the first access network device. Access network equipment.
其中,所述第三数据包的含义可以参考步骤S650中的相关说明。For the meaning of the third data packet, reference may be made to the related description in step S650.
可以理解的是,第二接入网设备将第四指示信息和第三数据包承载在一个消息中向第一接入网设备发送,也可以承载于不同的消息中向第一接入网设备发送。It is understandable that the second access network device carries the fourth indication information and the third data packet in one message and sends it to the first access network device, or it can be carried in a different message to the first access network device. send.
可选地,第四指示信息和/或第三数据包可以为方法300中的模式切换请求信息的响应信息;可选地,第四指示信息和/或第三数据包可以为独立与方法300中的模式切换请求信息的响应信息,在这种情况下,方法800还可以包括,第二接入网设备向第一接入网设备发送模式切换请求信息的响应信息。Optionally, the fourth instruction information and/or the third data packet may be the response information of the mode switching request information in the method 300; optionally, the fourth instruction information and/or the third data packet may be independent of the method 300 In this case, the method 800 may further include the second access network device sending response information of the mode switching request information to the first access network device.
S840,第一接入网设备根据第四指示信息向终端设备发送第三数据包。S840: The first access network device sends a third data packet to the terminal device according to the fourth instruction information.
具体地,S840包括:第一接入网设备根据第四指示信息按照第一接入网设备的物理(physical,PHY)层参数向终端设备发送第三数据包。例如,第一接入网设备在物理层对第三数据包进行处理以后,在第四指示信息指示的时域资源和/或频域资源向终端设备发送第三数据包。其中,第一接入网设备在物理层对第三数据包进行处理的可以根据第一接入网设备的物理层参数也可以根据第三数据包的处理信息所包括的物理层的调制方式、调制阶数、MCS等参数中的至少一个,对第三数据包进行处理。Specifically, S840 includes: the first access network device sends a third data packet to the terminal device according to the physical (physical, PHY) layer parameters of the first access network device according to the fourth indication information. For example, after the first access network device processes the third data packet at the physical layer, it sends the third data packet to the terminal device in the time domain resource and/or frequency domain resource indicated by the fourth indication information. Wherein, the first access network device processes the third data packet at the physical layer according to the physical layer parameters of the first access network device or according to the modulation mode of the physical layer included in the processing information of the third data packet, At least one of the modulation order, MCS and other parameters is used to process the third data packet.
因此,在方法800中,第一接入网设备通过向第二接入网设备发送模式切换请求信息, 请求将第一接入网设备的传输模式切换为MBSFN传输,这样可以实现从单播传输切换到MBSFN传输。并且,第一接入网设备切换为MBSFN传输之后,第二接入网设备可以向第一接入网设备发送第四指示信息,第一接入网设备可以根据第四指示信息在第一接入网设备对第三数据包进行处理后向终端设备发送,从而可以保证准确的进行MBSFN传输。同时也避免了建立第一接入网设备与核心网设备之间的传输通道所带来的信令开销。Therefore, in method 800, the first access network device requests to switch the transmission mode of the first access network device to MBSFN transmission by sending the mode switching request information to the second access network device, so that unicast transmission can be realized. Switch to MBSFN transmission. In addition, after the first access network device switches to MBSFN transmission, the second access network device may send fourth instruction information to the first access network device, and the first access network device may send the fourth instruction information to the first access network device according to the fourth instruction information. The network access device processes the third data packet and sends it to the terminal device, thereby ensuring accurate MBSFN transmission. At the same time, the signaling overhead caused by establishing the transmission channel between the first access network device and the core network device is also avoided.
需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,模式切换请求信息用于请求切换第一接入网设备的第一业务的传输模式为MBSFN传输也可以理解为模式切换请求信息用于请求第一接入网设备停止采用单播传输第一业务。同样地,模式切换请求信息用于请求切换第一接入网设备的第一业务的传输模式为单播也可以理解为模式切换请求信息用于请求第一接入网设备停止采用MBSFN传输。It should be noted that in this embodiment of the application, the mode switching request information is used to request to switch the transmission mode of the first service of the first access network device as MBSFN transmission. It can also be understood that the mode switching request information is used to request the first access. The network access device stops using unicast to transmit the first service. Similarly, the mode switching request information used to request to switch the transmission mode of the first service of the first access network device to unicast can also be understood as the mode switching request information used to request the first access network device to stop using MBSFN transmission.
需要理解的是,上述方法300、方法500-方法800的模式切换请求信息中的“请求”并不限定需要第二接入网设备同意的第一接入网设备切换第一业务的传输模式为第一传输模式的含义,可以是第一接入网设备做出切换第一业务的传输模式为第一传输模式的决定,然后通知第二接入网设备,从而可以使得第二接入网设备执行相应的操作来配合第一接入网设备的切换第一业务的传输模式为第一传输模式。It should be understood that the "request" in the mode switching request information of the above method 300, method 500-method 800 does not limit the transmission mode of the first access network device that requires the second access network device's consent to switch the first service: The meaning of the first transmission mode can be that the first access network device makes a decision to switch the transmission mode of the first service to the first transmission mode, and then notifies the second access network device, so that the second access network device can be Perform a corresponding operation to cooperate with the first access network device to switch the transmission mode of the first service to the first transmission mode.
上述方法300、方法500-方法800中描述的是第一接入网设备确定模式切换请求信息,利用模式切换请求信息向第二接入网设备请求切换第一业务的传输模式为第一模式。在可能的设计中,第二接入网设备可以作为控制节点,确定切换第一业务的传输模式为第一传输模式,下面结合图9和图10进行示意性介绍。In the foregoing method 300, method 500-method 800, the first access network device determines the mode switching request information, and uses the mode switching request information to request the second access network device to switch the transmission mode of the first service to the first mode. In a possible design, the second access network device can act as a control node to determine that the transmission mode for switching the first service is the first transmission mode. The following is a schematic introduction with reference to FIG. 9 and FIG. 10.
下面结合图9以第一传输模式为单播,第一接入网设备的当前传输模式为MBSFN传输,为例描述传输数据的方法900。方法900包括:In the following, with reference to FIG. 9, the first transmission mode is unicast, and the current transmission mode of the first access network device is MBSFN transmission, and the method 900 for transmitting data is described as an example. Method 900 includes:
S910,第二接入网设备确定第五指示信息,第五指示信息用于指示切换第一接入网设备的第一业务的传输模式为单播。S910: The second access network device determines fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to instruct to switch the transmission mode of the first service of the first access network device to unicast.
可以理解的是,在S910中,如果第一接入网设备和第二接入网设备正在进行MBSFN传输,作为控制节点的第二接入网设备确定自身不进行MBSFN传输之后,则其他的与第二接入网设备共同进行第一业务的MBSFN传输的第一接入网设备也不能进行MBSFN传输。因此,第五指示信息也可以指示切换第二接入网设备的第一业务的传输模式为单播,这样,第一接入网设备根据第五指示信息确定第二接入网设备不采用MBSFN传输第一业务,则第一接入网设备自身也确定不采用MBSFN传输第一业务,因此采用单播传输第一业务。换句话说,第五指示信息可以直接指示第一接入网设备切换第一业务的传输模式为单播,也可以通过指示第二接入网设备切换第一业务的传输模式为单播间接指示切换第一接入网设备的第一业务的传输模式为单播。It is understandable that, in S910, if the first access network device and the second access network device are performing MBSFN transmission, after the second access network device as the control node determines that it does not perform MBSFN transmission, the others will be The first access network device in which the second access network device jointly performs MBSFN transmission of the first service cannot perform MBSFN transmission. Therefore, the fifth instruction information may also indicate that the transmission mode of the first service of the second access network device is unicast. In this way, the first access network device determines that the second access network device does not use MBSFN according to the fifth instruction information. To transmit the first service, the first access network device itself also determines not to use MBSFN to transmit the first service, and therefore uses unicast to transmit the first service. In other words, the fifth instruction information can directly instruct the first access network device to switch the transmission mode of the first service to unicast, or indirectly indicate by instructing the second access network device to switch the transmission mode of the first service to unicast. Switch the transmission mode of the first service of the first access network device to unicast.
第二接入网设备可以执行S920的场景包括但不限于以下三种场景:The scenarios in which the second access network device can perform S920 include but are not limited to the following three scenarios:
情况一,当第二接入网设备通过终端设备获得测量结果,根据质量结果判断需要执行传输模式切换时,第二接入网设备确定向第一接入网设备发送第五指示信息。Case 1: When the second access network device obtains the measurement result through the terminal device and determines that the transmission mode switching needs to be performed according to the quality result, the second access network device determines to send the fifth instruction information to the first access network device.
情况二,当第二接入网设备收到终端设备的请求信息,所述请求信息用于请求第二接入网设备执行传输模式切换时,第二接入网设备确定向第一接入网设备发送第五指示信息。Case 2: When the second access network device receives request information from the terminal device, and the request information is used to request the second access network device to perform transmission mode switching, the second access network device determines to send to the first access network device. The device sends fifth instruction information.
情况三,第二接入网设备收到核心网设备指的传输模式切换指示信息时,第二接入网 设备确定向第一接入网设备发送第五指示信息。In case three, when the second access network device receives the transmission mode switching instruction information indicated by the core network device, the second access network device determines to send the fifth instruction information to the first access network device.
S920,第二接入网设备向第一接入网设备发送第五指示信息,第一接入网设备接收来自第二接入网设备的第五指示信息。S920: The second access network device sends fifth instruction information to the first access network device, and the first access network device receives the fifth instruction information from the second access network device.
S930,若第一接入网设备支持单播,则第一接入网设备向第二接入网设备发送第五指示信息的响应信息,第五指示信息的响应信息用于确认第一接入网设备切换第一业务的第一传输模式为单播。S930: If the first access network device supports unicast, the first access network device sends response information of the fifth indication information to the second access network device, and the response information of the fifth indication information is used to confirm the first access The network device switches the first transmission mode of the first service to unicast.
相应地,若第一接入网设备不支持单播,则第一接入网设备向第二接入网设备发送第五指示信息的响应信息,第五指示信息的响应信息用于确认第一接入网设备不接受切换第一业务的第一传输模式为单播。Correspondingly, if the first access network device does not support unicast, the first access network device sends response information of the fifth indication information to the second access network device, and the response information of the fifth indication information is used to confirm the first The access network device does not accept to switch the first transmission mode of the first service to unicast.
可选地,S910-S930可以作为一个单独的实施例存在不依赖于方法900中的S940-S980。这样,可以实现终端设备从第二接入网设备的覆盖范围移动到第一接入网设备的覆盖范围的场景下,将第一接入网设备的传输模式切换为单播传输。具体的,如果终端设备从第二接入网设备的覆盖范围移动到第一接入网设备的覆盖范围内,第二接入网设备根据终端设备上报的测量报告确定将服务终端设备的接入网设备切换为第一接入网设备,第二接入网设备可以向第一接入网设备发送切换请求消息(如图4的切换请求消息),第二接入网设备可以将S920中的第五指示信息承载在切换请求消息中向第一接入网设备发送,第一接入网设备可以向第二接入网设备发送切换请求消息的确认消息(如图4的切换请求消息的确认消息),该切换请求消息的确认消息可以包括S930中的第五指示信息的确认信息,这样能节省信令开销。当然,S920中的第五指示信息也可以携带在任何一个第二接入网设备向第一接入网设备发送的消息中,本申请实施例对此不作限定。同时,S930中的第五指示信息的确认信息也可以携带在任何一个第一接入网设备向第二接入网设备发送的消息中,本申请实施例对此不作限定。可选地,在图4的场景下,第二接入网设备收到切换请求消息的确认消息后,向终端设备发送的切换命令中携带指示第一接入网设备切换第一业务的传输模式为单播的指示信息,以便于终端设备更好的接收第一接入网设备发送的数据。另外,第二接入网设备可以根据第一接入网设备切换第一业务的传输模式为单播,决定向第一接入网设备转发某一协议层的数据包,例如可以转发RLC层数据包或者PDCP层数据包。Optionally, S910-S930 may exist as a separate embodiment that does not depend on S940-S980 in method 900. In this way, in a scenario where the terminal device moves from the coverage area of the second access network device to the coverage area of the first access network device, the transmission mode of the first access network device can be switched to unicast transmission. Specifically, if the terminal device moves from the coverage area of the second access network device to the coverage area of the first access network device, the second access network device determines the access of the service terminal device according to the measurement report reported by the terminal device. The network device is switched to the first access network device, the second access network device may send a handover request message (such as the handover request message in Figure 4) to the first access network device, and the second access network device may send the switch in S920 The fifth indication information is carried in the handover request message and sent to the first access network device. The first access network device can send a handover request message confirmation message to the second access network device (as shown in Figure 4, handover request message confirmation Message), the confirmation message of the handover request message may include the confirmation information of the fifth indication information in S930, which can save signaling overhead. Of course, the fifth indication information in S920 may also be carried in a message sent by any second access network device to the first access network device, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. At the same time, the confirmation information of the fifth indication information in S930 may also be carried in any message sent by the first access network device to the second access network device, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. Optionally, in the scenario of FIG. 4, after the second access network device receives the confirmation message of the handover request message, the handover command sent to the terminal device carries the transmission mode instructing the first access network device to switch the first service It is unicast instruction information, so that the terminal device can better receive the data sent by the first access network device. In addition, the second access network device may switch the transmission mode of the first service to unicast according to the first access network device, and decide to forward a data packet of a certain protocol layer to the first access network device, for example, it may forward RLC layer data Packet or PDCP layer data packet.
S940,第二接入网设备向核心网设备发送第六指示信息,第六指示信息用于指示核心网设备激活第一传输通道,第一传输通道用于核心网设备向第一接入网设备传输第一业务。S940: The second access network device sends sixth indication information to the core network device, where the sixth indication information is used to instruct the core network device to activate the first transmission channel, and the first transmission channel is used for the core network device to transmit to the first access network device Transmission of the first business.
其中,第一传输通道参见方法500中的描述。For the first transmission channel, refer to the description in method 500.
可以理解的是,S920与S940和S960的顺序没有任何限制,S920可以在S940和S960之前或之前或者同时进行。It can be understood that there is no restriction on the order of S920, S940 and S960, and S920 can be performed before or before S940 and S960 or at the same time.
S950,核心网设备根据第六指示信息激活第一传输通道。S950: The core network device activates the first transmission channel according to the sixth indication information.
可以理解的是,不同实施例中,可以利用不同的指示信息表述相同的意思或者利用相同的指示信息描述相同的意思。举例来说,第六指示信息可以为方法500和方法600中第一指示信息,区别在于,方法500和方法600中第一指示信息来源于第一接入网设备,方法900中的第六指示信息来源于第二接入网设备。It is understandable that in different embodiments, different indication information may be used to express the same meaning or the same indication information may be used to describe the same meaning. For example, the sixth indication information may be the first indication information in the method 500 and the method 600. The difference is that the first indication information in the method 500 and the method 600 comes from the first access network device, and the sixth indication in the method 900 The information comes from the second access network device.
S960,向核心网设备发送第七指示信息,核心网设备接收第七指示信息,第七指示信 息用于指示第四数据包,第四数据包为在第一接入网设备切换为单播之前或者核心网设备激活第一传输通道之前,第二接入网设备向第一接入网设备传输的第一业务的最后一个数据包。S960. Send seventh indication information to the core network device, the core network device receives the seventh indication information, the seventh indication information is used to indicate the fourth data packet, and the fourth data packet is before the first access network device switches to unicast Or before the core network device activates the first transmission channel, the second access network device transmits the last data packet of the first service to the first access network device.
其中,七指示信息包括第三序列号,所述第三序列号用于指示所述第四数据包在所述第一业务的至少一个数据包中的顺序。第一业务的至少一个数据包中每个数据包的序列号为核心网设备统一配置的。换句话说,第一业务的至少一个数据包的顺序为核心网设备统一配置的。可以理解的是,在S960中,如果第一接入网设备和第二接入网设备正在进行MBSFN传输,作为控制节点的第二接入网设备确定自身不进行MBSFN传输之后,则其他的与第二接入网设备共同进行第一业务的MBSFN传输的第一接入网设备也不能进行MBSFN传输。因此,第四数据包也可以为在第二接入网设备切换为单播之前或者核心网设备激活第一传输通道之前,第二接入网设备向第一接入网设备传输的第一业务的最后一个数据包。Wherein, the seven indication information includes a third sequence number, and the third sequence number is used to indicate the sequence of the fourth data packet in at least one data packet of the first service. The sequence number of each data packet in at least one data packet of the first service is uniformly configured by the core network device. In other words, the sequence of at least one data packet of the first service is uniformly configured by the core network device. It is understandable that, in S960, if the first access network device and the second access network device are performing MBSFN transmission, after the second access network device as the control node determines that it does not perform MBSFN transmission, the others will be The first access network device in which the second access network device jointly performs MBSFN transmission of the first service cannot perform MBSFN transmission. Therefore, the fourth data packet may also be the first service transmitted by the second access network device to the first access network device before the second access network device switches to unicast or before the core network device activates the first transmission channel. The last packet.
需要说明的是,S940与S960可以承载在一个消息中,也可以承载在不同的消息中同时发送,或者按照先后顺序发送,本申请实施例不予限制。It should be noted that S940 and S960 can be carried in one message, or can be carried in different messages and sent at the same time, or sent in a sequential order, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
S970,核心网设备根据所述第七指示信息通过所述第一传输通道向所述第一接入网设备发送第五数据包,第五数据包为在所述第一接入网设备切换为单播后或者核心网设备激活第一传输通道之后,核心网设备向所述第一接入网设备传输的所述第一业务的第一个数据包。可选地,核心网设备在发送第五数据包之后可以继续发送第五数据包之后的数据包。S970: The core network device sends a fifth data packet to the first access network device through the first transmission channel according to the seventh indication information, where the fifth data packet is switched to by the first access network device After unicast or after the core network device activates the first transmission channel, the core network device transmits the first data packet of the first service to the first access network device. Optionally, the core network device may continue to send data packets after the fifth data packet after sending the fifth data packet.
具体地,第二接入网设备正在进行MBSFN传输时,确定进行MBSFN传输的第一业务的最后一个数据包,并且该最后一个数据包的序列号为X,即向核心网设备发送的第七指示信息指示第四数据包的第三序列号为X。当第二接入网设备执行S960之后,核心网设备根据第七指示信息确定将要进行单播传输的第一业务的第一个数据包的序列号为X+1,即第五数据包的第四序列号为X+1,核心网设备向第一接入网设备发送序列号为X+1的第五数据包。这样可以第一业务的数据包的连续性,避免数据包的丢失,从而可以提高传输效率。Specifically, when the second access network device is performing MBSFN transmission, it determines the last data packet of the first service for MBSFN transmission, and the sequence number of the last data packet is X, that is, the seventh data packet sent to the core network device. The indication information indicates that the third sequence number of the fourth data packet is X. After the second access network device executes S960, the core network device determines according to the seventh instruction information that the sequence number of the first data packet of the first service to be unicast transmission is X+1, that is, the first data packet of the fifth data packet. Fourth, the serial number is X+1, and the core network device sends the fifth data packet with the serial number X+1 to the first access network device. In this way, the continuity of the data packet of the first service can be avoided, and the loss of the data packet can be avoided, thereby improving the transmission efficiency.
作为S960和S970可替换的方式,第二接入网设备可以向第一接入网设备发送第七指示信息,第一接入网设备根据第七指示信息向核心网设备发送第八指示信息,所述第八指示信息用于指示第五数据包,所述第五数据包为在所述第一接入网设备切换为所述第一传输模式后,所述核心网设备向所述第一接入网设备传输的所述第一业务的第一个数据包。换句话说,在S960和S970中第二接入网设备可以直接将第七指示信息发送给核心网设备,核心网设备根据来自第二接入网设备的第七指示信息确定向第一接入网设备发送的第一个数据包为第五数据包,或者第二接入网设备可以将第七指示信息发送给第一接入网设备,第一接入网设备根据第七指示信息确定核心网设备向第一接入网设备发送的第一个数据包为第五数据包,第一接入网设备再通过向核心网设备发送第八指示信息,第八指示信息用于指示第五数据包。As an alternative to S960 and S970, the second access network device may send seventh indication information to the first access network device, and the first access network device sends eighth indication information to the core network device according to the seventh indication information, The eighth indication information is used to indicate a fifth data packet, and the fifth data packet indicates that after the first access network device is switched to the first transmission mode, the core network device sends the information to the first transmission mode. The first data packet of the first service transmitted by the access network device. In other words, in S960 and S970, the second access network device can directly send the seventh instruction information to the core network device, and the core network device determines to access the first access network device according to the seventh instruction information from the second access network device. The first data packet sent by the network device is the fifth data packet, or the second access network device may send seventh indication information to the first access network device, and the first access network device determines the core according to the seventh indication information The first data packet sent by the network device to the first access network device is the fifth data packet, and the first access network device sends eighth indication information to the core network device. The eighth indication information is used to indicate the fifth data. Bag.
可选地,第八指示信息包括第四序列号,第四序列号用于指示第五数据包在第一业务的至少一个数据包中的顺序。Optionally, the eighth indication information includes a fourth sequence number, and the fourth sequence number is used to indicate the sequence of the fifth data packet in the at least one data packet of the first service.
具体地,第二接入网设备正在进行MBSFN传输时,确定进行MBSFN传输的第一业务的最后一个数据包,并且该最后一个数据包的序列号为X,即向第一接入网设备发送的 第七指示信息指示第四数据包的第三序列号为X。第一接入网设备根据第七指示信息确定将要进行单播传输的第一业务的第一个数据包的序列号为X+1,即第五数据包的第四序列号为X+1,核心网设备向第一接入网设备发送序列号为X+1的第五数据包。这样可以第一业务的数据包的连续性,避免数据包的丢失,从而可以提高传输效率。可以理解的是,S970中,如果第一接入网设备和第二接入网设备正在进行MBSFN传输,作为控制节点的第二接入网设备确定自身不进行MBSFN传输之后,则其他的与第二接入网设备共同进行第一业务的MBSFN传输的第一接入网设备也不能进行MBSFN传输。因此,第五数据包也可以为在第二接入网设备切换为单播后,核心网设备向所述第一接入网设备传输的所述第一业务的第一个数据包。Specifically, when the second access network device is performing MBSFN transmission, it determines the last data packet of the first service for MBSFN transmission, and the sequence number of the last data packet is X, that is, it sends to the first access network device The seventh indication information of indicates that the third sequence number of the fourth data packet is X. The first access network device determines according to the seventh indication information that the sequence number of the first data packet of the first service to be unicast transmission is X+1, that is, the fourth sequence number of the fifth data packet is X+1, The core network device sends a fifth data packet with a sequence number of X+1 to the first access network device. In this way, the continuity of the data packet of the first service can be avoided, and the loss of the data packet can be avoided, thereby improving the transmission efficiency. It is understandable that, in S970, if the first access network device and the second access network device are performing MBSFN transmission, after the second access network device as the control node determines that it does not perform MBSFN transmission, the other and the first The first access network device where the two access network devices jointly perform MBSFN transmission of the first service also cannot perform MBSFN transmission. Therefore, the fifth data packet may also be the first data packet of the first service transmitted by the core network device to the first access network device after the second access network device switches to unicast.
S980,第一接入网设备将接收到的第五数据包按照自身的协议栈参数处理之后向终端设备发送。S980: The first access network device processes the received fifth data packet according to its own protocol stack parameters and then sends it to the terminal device.
具体地,第一接入网设备将接收到的第五数据包根据自身时频资源的调度情况、网络负载情况以及信道质量条件,确定各个协议栈层的处理方式,最终将处理后的第五数据包发送给终端设备。Specifically, the first access network device determines the processing mode of each protocol stack layer according to the scheduling situation of its own time-frequency resource, network load situation, and channel quality condition of the received fifth data packet, and finally processes the fifth data packet after processing. The data packet is sent to the terminal device.
因此,在方法900中,第二接入网设备通过向第一接入网设备发送第五指示信息,指示切换第一接入网设备的传输模式切换为单播,这样可以实现从MBSFN传输到单播传输的切换。并且,第二接入网设备向核心网设备发送的第七指示信息可以保证第一业务的连续性,或者第二接入网设备向第一接入网设备发送的第七指示信息,以及,第一接入网设备根据第七指示信息向核心网设备发送的第八指示信息可以保证第一业务的连续性,从而可以提高传输效率。下面结合图10以第一传输模式为MBSFN传输,第一接入网设备的当前传输模式为单播为例描述传输数据的方法1000。方法1000包括:Therefore, in the method 900, the second access network device sends the fifth indication information to the first access network device to instruct to switch the transmission mode of the first access network device to unicast, which can realize the transmission from MBSFN to Switching of unicast transmission. In addition, the seventh indication information sent by the second access network device to the core network device can ensure the continuity of the first service, or the seventh indication information sent by the second access network device to the first access network device, and, The eighth instruction information sent by the first access network device to the core network device according to the seventh instruction information can ensure the continuity of the first service, thereby improving transmission efficiency. In the following, a method 1000 for data transmission will be described with reference to FIG. 10 taking the first transmission mode as MBSFN transmission and the current transmission mode of the first access network device as unicast as an example. Method 1000 includes:
S1010,第二接入网设备确定第五指示信息,第五指示信息用于指示切换第一接入网设备的第一业务的传输模式为MBSFN。S1010: The second access network device determines fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate that the transmission mode of the first service of the first access network device is MBSFN.
可以理解的是,在S1010中,第一接入网设备正在采用单播传输第一业务,第二接入网设备希望第一接入网设备与第二接入网设备共同进行MBSFN传输,因此,第二接入网设备确定的第五指示信息用于指示切换第一接入网设备的第一业务的传输模式为MBSFN。可以换个角度理解,第二接入网设备正在进行MBSFN传输,第二接入网设备希望第一接入网设备与第二接入网设备共同进行MBSFN传输,因此,第二接入网设备确定第五指示信息也可以指示切换第二接入网设备的第一业务的传输模式为MBSFN传输,这样,第一接入网设备根据第五指示信息确定第二接入网设备采用MBSFN传输第一业务,则第一接入网设备自身也确定可以采用MBSFN传输与第二接入网设备传输第一业务。换句话说,第五指示信息可以直接指示第一接入网设备切换第一业务的传输模式为MBSFN,也可以通过指示第二接入网设备切换第一业务的传输模式为MBSFN间接指示切换第一接入网设备的第一业务的传输模式为MBSFN。It is understandable that in S1010, the first access network device is using unicast to transmit the first service, and the second access network device expects the first access network device and the second access network device to perform MBSFN transmission together, so The fifth indication information determined by the second access network device is used to indicate that the transmission mode of the first service of the first access network device is MBSFN. It can be understood from another perspective that the second access network device is performing MBSFN transmission, and the second access network device expects the first access network device and the second access network device to perform MBSFN transmission together. Therefore, the second access network device determines The fifth instruction information may also indicate that the transmission mode of the first service of the second access network device is MBSFN transmission. In this way, the first access network device determines that the second access network device uses MBSFN to transmit the first service according to the fifth instruction information. Service, the first access network device itself also determines that it can use MBSFN transmission and the second access network device to transmit the first service. In other words, the fifth indication information can directly instruct the first access network device to switch the transmission mode of the first service to MBSFN, or it can instruct the second access network device to switch the transmission mode of the first service to MBSFN indirectly. The transmission mode of the first service of an access network device is MBSFN.
第二接入网设备可以执行S1020的场景包括但不限于以下三种场景:The scenarios in which the second access network device can perform S1020 include but are not limited to the following three scenarios:
情况一,当第二接入网设备通过终端设备获得测量结果,根据质量结果判断需要执行传输模式切换时,第二接入网设备确定向第一接入网设备发送第五指示信息。Case 1: When the second access network device obtains the measurement result through the terminal device and determines that the transmission mode switching needs to be performed according to the quality result, the second access network device determines to send the fifth instruction information to the first access network device.
情况二,当第二接入网设备收到终端设备的请求信息,所述请求信息用于请求第二接入网设备执行传输模式切换时,第二接入网设备确定向第一接入网设备发送第五指示信 息。Case 2: When the second access network device receives request information from the terminal device, and the request information is used to request the second access network device to perform transmission mode switching, the second access network device determines to send to the first access network device. The device sends fifth instruction information.
情况三,第二接入网设备收到来自核心网设备的传输模式切换指示信息时,第二接入网设备确定向第一接入网设备发送第五指示信息。Case 3: When the second access network device receives the transmission mode switching instruction information from the core network device, the second access network device determines to send the fifth instruction information to the first access network device.
S1020,第二接入网设备向第一接入网设备发送第五指示信息,第一接入网设备接收来自第二接入网设备的第五指示信息。S1020: The second access network device sends fifth instruction information to the first access network device, and the first access network device receives the fifth instruction information from the second access network device.
S1030,若第一接入网设备支持MBSFN,则第一接入网设备向第二接入网设备发送第五指示信息的响应信息,第五指示信息的响应信息用于指示第一接入网设备切换第一业务的第一传输模式为MBSFN。S1030: If the first access network device supports MBSFN, the first access network device sends response information of the fifth indication information to the second access network device, and the response information of the fifth indication information is used to indicate the first access network The first transmission mode for the device to switch the first service is MBSFN.
相应地,若第一接入网设备不支持MBSFN,则第一接入网设备向第二接入网设备发送第五指示信息的响应信息,第五指示信息的响应信息用于指示第一接入网设备不切换第一业务的第一传输模式为MBSFN。Correspondingly, if the first access network device does not support MBSFN, the first access network device sends response information of the fifth indication information to the second access network device, and the response information of the fifth indication information is used to indicate the first access network device. The first transmission mode in which the network access device does not switch the first service is MBSFN.
可选地,S1010-S1030可以作为一个单独的实施例存在,不依赖于方法1000中的S1040-S1070。这样,可以实现终端设备从第二接入网设备的覆盖范围移动到第一接入网设备的覆盖范围的场景下,将第一接入网设备的传输模式切换为MBSFN传输。具体的,如果终端设备从第二接入网设备的覆盖范围移动到第一接入网设备的覆盖范围内,第二接入网设备根据终端设备上报的测量报告确定将服务终端设备的接入网设备切换为第一接入网设备,第二接入网设备可以向第一接入网设备发送切换请求消息(如图4的切换请求消息),第二接入网设备可以将S1020中的第五指示信息承载在切换请求消息中向第一接入网设备发送,第一接入网设备可以向第二接入网设备发送切换请求消息的确认消息(如图4的切换请求消息的确认消息),该切换请求消息的确认消息可以包括S1030中的第五指示信息的确认信息,这样能节省信令开销。当然,S1020中的第五指示信息也可以携带在任何一个第二接入网设备向第一接入网设备发送的消息中,本申请实施例对此不作限定。同时,S1030中的第五指示信息的确认信息也可以携带在任何一个第一接入网设备向第二接入网设备发送的消息中,本申请实施例对此不作限定。可选地,在图4的场景下,第二接入网设备收到切换请求消息的确认消息后,向终端设备发送的切换命令中携带指示第一接入网设备切换第一业务的传输模式为MBSFN传输的指示信息,以便于终端设备更好的接收第一接入网设备发送的数据。另外,第二接入网设备可以根据第一接入网设备切换第一业务的传输模式为MBSFN传输,决定向第一接入网设备转发某一协议层的数据包,例如可以转发MAC层数据包。Optionally, S1010-S1030 may exist as a separate embodiment, independent of S1040-S1070 in method 1000. In this way, in a scenario where the terminal device moves from the coverage area of the second access network device to the coverage area of the first access network device, the transmission mode of the first access network device can be switched to MBSFN transmission. Specifically, if the terminal device moves from the coverage area of the second access network device to the coverage area of the first access network device, the second access network device determines the access of the service terminal device according to the measurement report reported by the terminal device. The network device is switched to the first access network device, the second access network device can send a handover request message (such as the handover request message in Figure 4) to the first access network device, and the second access network device can send the switch in S1020 The fifth indication information is carried in the handover request message and sent to the first access network device. The first access network device can send a handover request message confirmation message to the second access network device (as shown in Figure 4, handover request message confirmation Message), the confirmation message of the handover request message may include the confirmation information of the fifth indication information in S1030, which can save signaling overhead. Of course, the fifth indication information in S1020 may also be carried in a message sent by any second access network device to the first access network device, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. At the same time, the confirmation information of the fifth indication information in S1030 may also be carried in any message sent by the first access network device to the second access network device, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. Optionally, in the scenario of FIG. 4, after the second access network device receives the confirmation message of the handover request message, the handover command sent to the terminal device carries the transmission mode instructing the first access network device to switch the first service The instruction information transmitted for MBSFN, so that the terminal device can better receive the data sent by the first access network device. In addition, the second access network device can switch the transmission mode of the first service to MBSFN transmission according to the first access network device to decide to forward a data packet of a certain protocol layer to the first access network device, for example, it can forward MAC layer data Bag.
S1040,第二接入网设备向核心网设备发送第六指示信息,第六指示信息用于指示核心网设备去激活第一传输通道,第一传输通道用于核心网设备向第一接入网设备传输第一业务。S1040. The second access network device sends sixth indication information to the core network device. The sixth indication information is used to instruct the core network device to deactivate the first transmission channel. The device transmits the first service.
其中,第一传输通道参见方法500中的描述。For the first transmission channel, refer to the description in method 500.
可以理解的是,S1020与S1040的顺序没有任何限制,S1020可以在S1040之前或之前或者同时进行。It can be understood that there is no restriction on the order of S1020 and S1040, and S1020 can be performed before or before S1040 or at the same time.
S1050,核心网设备根据第六指示信息去激活第一传输通道。S1050: The core network device deactivates the first transmission channel according to the sixth indication information.
可以理解的是,不同实施例中,可以利用不同的指示信息表述相同的意思或者利用相同的指示信息描述相同的意思。举例来说,第六指示信息可以为方法500和方法600中第一指示信息,区别在于,方法500和方法600中第一指示信息来源于第一接入网设备,方 法900中的第六指示信息来源于第二接入网设备。It is understandable that in different embodiments, different indication information may be used to express the same meaning or the same indication information may be used to describe the same meaning. For example, the sixth indication information may be the first indication information in the method 500 and the method 600. The difference is that the first indication information in the method 500 and the method 600 comes from the first access network device, and the sixth indication in the method 900 The information comes from the second access network device.
S1070,第二接入网设备向第一接入网设备发送第四指示信息和第三数据包,第一接入网设备接收来自第二接入网设备的第四指示信息和第三数据包。第四指示信息用于指示以下至少一个:第一接入网设备向终端设备发送第一业务的第三数据包的时频资源和/或频域资源,第三数据包的处理信息。S1070. The second access network device sends the fourth indication information and the third data packet to the first access network device, and the first access network device receives the fourth indication information and the third data packet from the second access network device. . The fourth indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the time-frequency resource and/or frequency domain resource of the third data packet of the first service sent by the first access network device to the terminal device, and processing information of the third data packet.
其中,第三数据包的处理信息包括:物理层的处理比如调制方式,调制阶数,MCS参数等。Among them, the processing information of the third data packet includes: physical layer processing such as modulation mode, modulation order, MCS parameters, etc.
需要说明的是,第二接入网设备可以从核心网设备接收的关于第一业务的数据包,然后处理后或者不处理发送给第一接入网设备,例如发送第三数据包给第一接入网设备。It should be noted that the second access network device may receive the data packet about the first service from the core network device, and then send it to the first access network device after processing or without processing, for example, sending the third data packet to the first access network device. Access network equipment.
其中,所述第三数据包的含义可以参考步骤S650中的相关说明。For the meaning of the third data packet, reference may be made to the related description in step S650.
可以理解的是,第三数据包可以为一个数据包,此时第三数据包为第一接入网设备切换第一业务的传输模式为MBSFN传输之后,第二接入网设备向第一接入网设备发送的第一个数包。第三数据包也可以为多个数据包,此时第三数据包为第一接入网设备切换第一业务的传输模式为MBSFN传输之后,第二接入网设备向第一接入网设备发送的连续的多个数据包。It is understandable that the third data packet may be a data packet. At this time, the third data packet is for the first access network device to switch the transmission mode of the first service to MBSFN transmission. The first data packet sent by the connected device. The third data packet may also be multiple data packets. At this time, the third data packet is for the first access network device to switch the transmission mode of the first service to MBSFN transmission, and the second access network device sends the data to the first access network device. Multiple consecutive packets sent.
可以理解的是,第二接入网设备将第四指示信息和第三数据包承载在一个消息中向第一接入网设备发送,也可以承载在不同的消息中向第一接入网设备发送。It is understandable that the second access network device carries the fourth indication information and the third data packet in one message and sends it to the first access network device, or it can be carried in a different message to the first access network device. send.
S1070,第一接入网设备根据第四指示信息向终端设备发送第三数据包。S1070: The first access network device sends a third data packet to the terminal device according to the fourth instruction information.
具体地,S1070包括:第一接入网设备在物理层对第三数据包进行处理以后,在第四指示信息指示的时域资源和/或频域资源向终端设备发送第三数据包。其中,第一接入网设备在物理层对第三数据包进行处理的可以根据第一接入网设备的物理层参数也可以根据第三数据包的处理信息所包括的物理层的调制方式、调制阶数、调制与编码策略(modulation and coding scheme,MCS)等参数中的至少一个,对第三数据包进行处理需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,第五指示信息用于指示切换第一接入网设备的第一业务的传输模式为MBSFN传输也可以理解为第五指示信息用于指示第一接入网设备停止采用单播传输第一业务。第五指示信息用于指示切换第二接入网设备的第一业务的传输模式为MBSFN传输也可以理解为第五指示信息用于指示第二接入网设备停止采用单播传输第一业务。同样地,第五指示信息用于指示切换第一接入网设备的第一业务的传输模式为单播也可以理解为第五指示信息用于指示第一接入网设备停止采用MBSFN传输。第五指示信息用于指示切换第二接入网设备的第一业务的传输模式为单播也可以理解为第五指示信息用于指示第二接入网设备停止采用MBSFN传输。Specifically, S1070 includes: after the first access network device processes the third data packet at the physical layer, sending the third data packet to the terminal device after the time domain resource and/or frequency domain resource indicated by the fourth indication information. Wherein, the first access network device processes the third data packet at the physical layer according to the physical layer parameters of the first access network device or according to the modulation mode of the physical layer included in the processing information of the third data packet, At least one of the modulation order, modulation and coding scheme (modulation and coding scheme, MCS) and other parameters, the third data packet is processed The transmission mode of the first service of the first access network device is MBSFN transmission, which can also be understood as that the fifth indication information is used to instruct the first access network device to stop using unicast to transmit the first service. The fifth indication information is used to instruct to switch the transmission mode of the first service of the second access network device to MBSFN transmission, which can also be understood as the fifth indication information used to instruct the second access network device to stop using unicast to transmit the first service. Similarly, the fifth indication information is used to instruct to switch the transmission mode of the first service of the first access network device to unicast, and it can also be understood that the fifth indication information is used to instruct the first access network device to stop using MBSFN transmission. The fifth indication information is used to instruct to switch the transmission mode of the first service of the second access network device to unicast, and it can also be understood that the fifth indication information is used to instruct the second access network device to stop using MBSFN transmission.
因此,在方法1000中,第二接入网设备通过向第一接入网设备发送第五指示信息,指示切换第一接入网设备的传输模式切换为MBSFN传输,这样可以实现从单播传输切换为MBSFN传输。并且,第一接入网设备切换为MBSFN传输之后,第二接入网设备可以向第一接入网设备发送第四指示信息,第一接入网设备可以根据第四指示信息在第一接入网设备对第三数据包进行处理后向终端设备发送,从而可以保证准确的进行MBSFN传输。同时也避免了建立第一接入网设备与核心网设备之间的传输通道所带来的信令开销。Therefore, in the method 1000, the second access network device sends the fifth instruction information to the first access network device to instruct to switch the transmission mode of the first access network device to MBSFN transmission, which can realize the unicast transmission Switch to MBSFN transmission. In addition, after the first access network device switches to MBSFN transmission, the second access network device may send fourth instruction information to the first access network device, and the first access network device may send the fourth instruction information to the first access network device according to the fourth instruction information. The network access device processes the third data packet and sends it to the terminal device, thereby ensuring accurate MBSFN transmission. At the same time, the signaling overhead caused by establishing the transmission channel between the first access network device and the core network device is also avoided.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,一个数据包通过两个不同的路径转发,两个路径上的数据包可以包括相同的净荷不同的报文头。例如,S560和S580中的第一数据包可以是 通过不同方式处理得到的数据包,S560和S580中的第一数据包可以包括相同的净荷不同的报文头;例如,S730和S740中第六数据包可以是通过不同方式处理得到的数据包,S730和S740中的第六数据包包括相同的净荷不同的报文头。例如,S830和S840中的第三数据包可以是通过不同方式处理得到的数据包,S830和S840中的第三数据包可以包括相同的净荷不同的报文头。例如,S970和S980中的第五数据包可以是通过不同方式处理得到的数据包,S970和S980中的第五数据包可以包括相同的净荷不同的报文头。例如,S1060和S1070中的第五数据包可以是通过不同方式处理得到的数据包,S1060和S1070中的第五数据包可以包括相同的净荷不同的报文头。It should be noted that, in this embodiment of the present application, a data packet is forwarded through two different paths, and the data packets on the two paths may include the same packet headers with different payloads. For example, the first data packet in S560 and S580 may be a data packet obtained by processing in different ways, and the first data packet in S560 and S580 may include the same payload and different headers; for example, the first data packet in S730 and S740 The sixth data packet may be a data packet obtained by processing in different ways, and the sixth data packet in S730 and S740 includes the same header with different payloads. For example, the third data packet in S830 and S840 may be a data packet obtained by processing in different ways, and the third data packet in S830 and S840 may include the same header with different payloads. For example, the fifth data packet in S970 and S980 may be a data packet obtained by processing in different ways, and the fifth data packet in S970 and S980 may include the same header with different payloads. For example, the fifth data packet in S1060 and S1070 may be a data packet obtained by processing in different ways, and the fifth data packet in S1060 and S1070 may include the same packet header with different payloads.
本申请实施例提到的第一数据包、第二数据包、第三数据包、第四数据包、第五数据包和第六数据包中的存在两个数据包可以是不同协议栈的数据包,或者第一数据包、第二数据包、第三数据包、第四数据包、第五数据包和第六数据包中的存在两个数据包可以是同一协议栈处理之后的数据包。Among the first data packet, the second data packet, the third data packet, the fourth data packet, the fifth data packet, and the sixth data packet mentioned in the embodiment of the application, two data packets may be data of different protocol stacks. The packet, or the existence of two data packets among the first data packet, the second data packet, the third data packet, the fourth data packet, the fifth data packet, and the sixth data packet may be data packets processed by the same protocol stack.
本文中描述的各个实施例可以为独立的方案,也可以根据内在逻辑进行组合,这些方案都落入本申请的保护范围中。The various embodiments described in this document may be independent solutions, or may be combined according to internal logic, and these solutions fall within the protection scope of the present application.
可以理解的是,上述各个方法实施例中由第一接入网设备实现的方法和操作,也可以由可用于第一接入网设备的部件(例如芯片或者电路)实现,上述各个方法实施例中由第二接入网设备实现的方法和操作,也可以由可用于第二接入网设备的部件(例如芯片或者电路)实现,上述各个方法实施例中由核心网设备实现的方法和操作,也可以由可用于核心网的部件(例如芯片或者电路)实现。It can be understood that the methods and operations implemented by the first access network device in the foregoing method embodiments may also be implemented by components (such as chips or circuits) that can be used in the first access network device. The methods and operations implemented by the second access network device can also be implemented by components (such as chips or circuits) that can be used for the second access network device. The methods and operations implemented by the core network device in each of the foregoing method embodiments It can also be implemented by components (such as chips or circuits) that can be used in the core network.
上文描述了本申请提供的方法实施例,下文将描述本申请提供的装置实施例。应理解,装置实施例的描述与方法实施例的描述相互对应,因此,未详细描述的内容可以参见上文方法实施例,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。The method embodiments provided by the present application are described above, and the device embodiments provided by the present application will be described below. It should be understood that the description of the device embodiment and the description of the method embodiment correspond to each other. Therefore, for the content that is not described in detail, please refer to the above method embodiment. For the sake of brevity, it will not be repeated here.
上文主要从各个网元之间交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方案进行了描述。可以理解的是,各个网元,例如发射端设备或者接收端设备,为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的保护范围。The foregoing describes the solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application mainly from the perspective of interaction between various network elements. It can be understood that each network element, such as a transmitting end device or a receiving end device, includes hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to each function in order to realize the above-mentioned functions. Those skilled in the art should be aware that, in combination with the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in the embodiments disclosed herein, the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered as going beyond the scope of protection of this application.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例,对发射端设备或者接收端设备进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有其它可行的划分方式。下面以采用对应各个功能划分各个功能模块为例进行说明。The embodiments of the present application can divide the transmitting end device or the receiving end device into functional modules based on the foregoing method examples. For example, each functional module can be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one process. Module. The above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is illustrative, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other feasible division methods in actual implementation. The following is an example of dividing each function module corresponding to each function.
图11为本申请实施例提供的数据传输的装置,该装置1100包括处理单元1110和收发单元1120。收发单元1120可以与外部进行通信,处理单元1110用于进行数据处理。收发单元1120还可以称为通信接口或通信单元。FIG. 11 is a data transmission device provided by an embodiment of the application. The device 1100 includes a processing unit 1110 and a transceiver unit 1120. The transceiver unit 1120 can communicate with the outside, and the processing unit 1110 is used for data processing. The transceiving unit 1120 may also be referred to as a communication interface or a communication unit.
处理单元1110,用于确定模式切换请求信息,所述模式切换请求信息用于请求切换 第一业务的传输模式为第一传输模式,所述第一传输模式包括多播或单播;The processing unit 1110 is configured to determine mode switching request information, where the mode switching request information is used to request to switch the transmission mode of the first service to the first transmission mode, and the first transmission mode includes multicast or unicast;
收发单元1120,用于向第二接入网设备发送所述模式切换请求信息。The transceiver unit 1120 is configured to send the mode switching request information to the second access network device.
作为一个可选实施例,所述收发单元1120还用于:向核心网设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述核心网设备激活或者去激活第一传输通道,所述第一传输通道用于所述核心网设备向所述装置传输所述第一业务。As an optional embodiment, the transceiving unit 1120 is further configured to: send first indication information to the core network device, where the first indication information is used to instruct the core network device to activate or deactivate the first transmission channel, so The first transmission channel is used by the core network equipment to transmit the first service to the device.
作为一个可选实施例,所述收发单元1120还用于:向核心网设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示第一数据包,所述第一数据包为在所述装置切换所述第一传输模式之后,所述核心网设备向所述装置传输的所述第一业务的第一个数据包。As an optional embodiment, the transceiving unit 1120 is further configured to: send second indication information to the core network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate a first data packet, and the first data packet is in the After the device switches the first transmission mode, the core network device transmits the first data packet of the first service to the device.
作为一个可选实施例,所述收发单元1120还用于:接收来自所述第二接入网设备的第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示第二数据包,所述第二数据包为在所述装置切换所述第一传输模式之前,所述第二接入网设备向所述装置传输的所述第一业务的最后一个数据包。As an optional embodiment, the transceiving unit 1120 is further configured to: receive third indication information from the second access network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate a second data packet, and the second The data packet is the last data packet of the first service transmitted by the second access network device to the device before the device switches the first transmission mode.
作为一个可选实施例,所述第二指示信息包括第一序列号,所述第一序列号用于指示所述第一数据包在所述第一业务的至少一个数据包中的顺序;和/或As an optional embodiment, the second indication information includes a first sequence number, and the first sequence number is used to indicate the sequence of the first data packet in at least one data packet of the first service; and /or
所述第三指示信息包括第二序列号,所述第二序列号用于指示所述第二数据包在所述第一业务的至少一个数据包中的顺序。The third indication information includes a second sequence number, and the second sequence number is used to indicate the sequence of the second data packet in at least one data packet of the first service.
作为一个可选实施例,所述收发单元1120还用于:根据第四指示信息向终端设备发送所述第三数据包,所述第三数据包为所述第一业务的数据包,所述第四指示信息来自所述第二接入网设备,用于指示以下至少一个:所述装置1100向所述终端设备发送所述第三数据包的时域资源和/或频域资源;As an optional embodiment, the transceiving unit 1120 is further configured to: send the third data packet to the terminal device according to the fourth instruction information, where the third data packet is a data packet of the first service, and The fourth indication information comes from the second access network device and is used to indicate at least one of the following: the apparatus 1100 sends the time domain resource and/or frequency domain resource of the third data packet to the terminal device;
所述第三数据包的处理信息。Processing information of the third data packet.
作为一个可选实施例,所述收发单元1120还用于:接收来自第二接入网设备的所述模式切换请求信息的响应信息,所述响应信息用于确认所述装置切换第一业务的传输模式为第一传输模式。As an optional embodiment, the transceiver unit 1120 is further configured to: receive response information of the mode switching request information from the second access network device, where the response information is used to confirm that the device switches the first service. The transmission mode is the first transmission mode.
图12为本申请实施例提供的数据传输的装置,该装置1200包括接收单元1210和发送单元1220。接收单元1210和发送单元1220可以与外部进行通信接收单元1210和发送单元1220还可以称为通信接口或通信单元。可选地,装置1200还可以包括处理单元用于进行数据处理。FIG. 12 is a data transmission device provided by an embodiment of the application. The device 1200 includes a receiving unit 1210 and a sending unit 1220. The receiving unit 1210 and the sending unit 1220 can communicate with the outside. The receiving unit 1210 and the sending unit 1220 can also be referred to as a communication interface or a communication unit. Optionally, the device 1200 may further include a processing unit for data processing.
接收单元1210,用于接收来自第一接入网设备的模式切换请求信息,所述模式切换请求信息用于请求切换第一业务的传输模式为第一传输模式,所述第一传输模式包括多播或者单播;The receiving unit 1210 is configured to receive mode switching request information from the first access network device, where the mode switching request information is used to request to switch the transmission mode of the first service to the first transmission mode, and the first transmission mode includes multiple Broadcast or unicast;
发送单元1220,用于向所述第一接入网设备发送所述模式切换请求信息的响应信息。The sending unit 1220 is configured to send response information of the mode switching request information to the first access network device.
作为一个可选实施例,所述发送单元1220用于:向所述第一接入网设备发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示第二数据包,所述第二数据包为在所述第一接入网设备切换所述第一传输模式之前,所述装置向所述第一接入网设备传输的所述第一业务的最后一个数据包。As an optional embodiment, the sending unit 1220 is configured to: send third indication information to the first access network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate a second data packet, and the second data packet This is the last data packet of the first service that the apparatus transmits to the first access network device before the first access network device switches the first transmission mode.
作为一个可选实施例,所述第三指示信息包括第二序列号,所述第二序列号用于指示所述第二数据包在所述第一业务的至少一个数据包中的顺序。As an optional embodiment, the third indication information includes a second sequence number, and the second sequence number is used to indicate a sequence of the second data packet in at least one data packet of the first service.
作为一个可选实施例,所述发送单元1220还用于:向所述第一接入网设备发送第四 指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示以下至少一个:所述第一接入网设备向终端设备发送所述第一业务的第三数据包的时域资源和/或频域资源;As an optional embodiment, the sending unit 1220 is further configured to: send fourth indication information to the first access network device, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the first access The network device sends the time domain resource and/or frequency domain resource of the third data packet of the first service to the terminal device;
所述第三数据包的处理信息。Processing information of the third data packet.
应理解,这里的装置1100和装置1200以功能单元的形式体现。这里的术语“单元”可以指应用特有集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、电子电路、用于执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器(例如共享处理器、专有处理器或组处理器等)和存储器、合并逻辑电路和/或其它支持所描述的功能的合适组件。在一个可选例子中,本领域技术人员可以理解,装置1100可以具体为上述实施例中的第一接入网设备,可以用于执行上述方法实施例中与第一接入网设备对应的各个流程和/或步骤为避免重复,在此不再赘述。在另一个可选例子中,本领域技术人员可以理解,装置1200可以具体为上述实施例中的第二接入网设备,可以用于执行上述方法实施例中与第二接入网设备对应的各个流程和/或步骤为避免重复,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the device 1100 and the device 1200 herein are embodied in the form of functional units. The term "unit" here can refer to application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), electronic circuits, processors used to execute one or more software or firmware programs (such as shared processors, proprietary processors, or groups). Processor, etc.) and memory, merged logic circuits, and/or other suitable components that support the described functions. In an optional example, those skilled in the art can understand that the apparatus 1100 may be specifically the first access network device in the foregoing embodiment, and may be used to execute each of the first access network device in the foregoing method embodiment. In order to avoid repetition, the process and/or steps will not be repeated here. In another optional example, those skilled in the art can understand that the apparatus 1200 may be specifically the second access network device in the foregoing embodiment, and may be used to execute the second access network device corresponding to the second access network device in the foregoing method embodiment. In order to avoid repetition, each process and/or step will not be repeated here.
上述各个方案的装置1100具有实现上述方法中第一接入网设备所执行的相应步骤的功能。上述各个方案的装置1200具有实现上述方法中第二接入网设备所执行的相应步骤的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块;例如通信单元可以由收发机替代(例如,通信单元中的发送单元可以由发送机替代,通信单元中的接收单元可以由接收机替代,或者通信单元可以由通信接口替代),其它单元,如处理单元等可以由处理器替代,分别执行各个方法实施例中的收发操作以及相关的处理操作。The apparatus 1100 of each of the foregoing solutions has the function of implementing the corresponding steps performed by the first access network device in the foregoing method. The apparatus 1200 of each of the foregoing solutions has the function of implementing the corresponding steps performed by the second access network device in the foregoing method. The function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions; for example, the communication unit can be replaced by a transceiver (for example, the sending unit in the communication unit can be replaced by a transmitter, and the receiving unit in the communication unit can be replaced by a receiver. Or the communication unit can be replaced by a communication interface), and other units, such as a processing unit, can be replaced by a processor, and perform the transceiver operations and related processing operations in each method embodiment respectively.
此外,上述收发单元还可以是收发电路(例如可以包括接收电路和发送电路),处理单元可以是处理电路。在本申请的实施例,图11中的装置可以是前述实施例中的第一接入网设备,也可以是芯片或者芯片系统,例如:片上系统(system on chip,SoC)。其中,通信单元可以是输入输出电路、通信接口;处理单元为该芯片上集成的处理器或者微处理器或者集成电路。在此不做限定。图12中的装置可以是前述实施例中的第二接入网设备,也可以是芯片或者芯片系统,例如:片上系统(system on chip,SoC)。其中,通信单元可以是输入输出电路、通信接口;处理单元为该芯片上集成的处理器或者微处理器或者集成电路。在此不做限定。In addition, the above-mentioned transceiving unit may also be a transceiving circuit (for example, it may include a receiving circuit and a transmitting circuit), and the processing unit may be a processing circuit. In the embodiment of the present application, the device in FIG. 11 may be the first access network device in the foregoing embodiment, or may be a chip or a chip system, such as a system on chip (SoC). Wherein, the communication unit may be an input/output circuit or a communication interface; the processing unit is a processor, microprocessor, or integrated circuit integrated on the chip. There is no limitation here. The device in FIG. 12 may be the second access network device in the foregoing embodiment, or may be a chip or a chip system, such as a system on chip (system on chip, SoC). Wherein, the communication unit may be an input/output circuit or a communication interface; the processing unit is a processor, microprocessor, or integrated circuit integrated on the chip. There is no limitation here.
图13示出了本申请实施例提供的数据传输的1300。该装置1300包括处理器1310和通信接口1320。其中,处理器1310和通信接口1320通过内部连接通路互相通信,该处理器1310用于执行指令,以控制该通信接口1320发送信号和/或接收信号。FIG. 13 shows a data transmission 1300 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The device 1300 includes a processor 1310 and a communication interface 1320. The processor 1310 and the communication interface 1320 communicate with each other through an internal connection path, and the processor 1310 is used to execute instructions to control the communication interface 1320 to send signals and/or receive signals.
可选地,该装置1300还可以包括存储器1330,该存储器1330与处理器1310、通信接口1320通过内部连接通路互相通信。该存储器1330用于存储指令,该处理器1310可以执行该存储器1330中存储的指令。Optionally, the device 1300 may further include a memory 1330, and the memory 1330 communicates with the processor 1310 and the communication interface 1320 through an internal connection path. The memory 1330 is used to store instructions, and the processor 1310 can execute the instructions stored in the memory 1330.
在一种可能的实现方式中,装置1300用于实现上述方法实施例中的第一接入网设备对应的各个流程和步骤。In a possible implementation manner, the apparatus 1300 is configured to implement each process and step corresponding to the first access network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,装置1300用于实现上述方法实施例中的第二接入网设备对应的各个流程和步骤。In another possible implementation manner, the apparatus 1300 is configured to implement each process and step corresponding to the second access network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
应理解,装置1300可以具体为上述实施例中的第一接入网设备或第二接入网设备,也可以是芯片或者芯片系统。对应的,该通信接口1320可以是该芯片的收发电路,在此 不做限定。具体地,该装置1300可以用于执行上述方法实施例中与第一接入网设备或第二接入网设备对应的各个步骤和/或流程。可选地,该存储器1330可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器,并向处理器提供指令和数据。存储器的一部分还可以包括非易失性随机存取存储器。例如,存储器还可以存储设备类型的信息。该处理器1310可以用于执行存储器中存储的指令,并且当该处理器1310执行存储器中存储的指令时,该处理器1310用于执行上述与第一接入网设备或第二接入网设备对应的方法实施例的各个步骤和/或流程。It should be understood that the apparatus 1300 may be specifically the first access network device or the second access network device in the foregoing embodiment, or may be a chip or a chip system. Correspondingly, the communication interface 1320 may be the transceiver circuit of the chip, which is not limited here. Specifically, the apparatus 1300 may be used to execute various steps and/or processes corresponding to the first access network device or the second access network device in the foregoing method embodiment. Optionally, the memory 1330 may include a read-only memory and a random access memory, and provide instructions and data to the processor. A part of the memory may also include a non-volatile random access memory. For example, the memory can also store device type information. The processor 1310 may be used to execute instructions stored in the memory, and when the processor 1310 executes the instructions stored in the memory, the processor 1310 is used to execute the above-mentioned interaction with the first access network device or the second access network device. Each step and/or process of the corresponding method embodiment.
在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成,或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。为避免重复,这里不再详细描述。In the implementation process, each step of the above method can be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor or instructions in the form of software. The steps of the method disclosed in combination with the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware processor, or executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor. The software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field, such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware. To avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
应注意,本申请实施例中的处理器可以是一种集成电路芯片,具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中,上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(DSP)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成,或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。It should be noted that the processor in the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capability. In the implementation process, the steps of the foregoing method embodiments may be completed by hardware integrated logic circuits in the processor or instructions in the form of software. The above-mentioned processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components . The methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented or executed. The general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like. The steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware decoding processor, or executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor. The software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field, such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
可以理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。应注意,本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It can be understood that the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. Among them, the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), and electrically available Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. The volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache. By way of exemplary but not restrictive description, many forms of RAM are available, such as static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), and synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) ) And direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM). It should be noted that the memories of the systems and methods described herein are intended to include, but are not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memories.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序代码,当该计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行上述实施例中第一接入网设备或第二接入网设备所执行的各个步骤或流程。According to the method provided in the embodiments of the present application, the present application also provides a computer program product, the computer program product includes: computer program code, when the computer program code runs on a computer, the computer executes the first Each step or process executed by the access network device or the second access network device.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质存储有程序代码,当该程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行上述实施例中第一接入网设备或第二接入网设备所执行的各个步骤或流程。According to the method provided in the embodiments of the present application, the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores program code. When the program code runs on a computer, the computer executes the above-mentioned embodiments. Each step or process executed by the first access network device or the second access network device.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请还提供一种通信系统,其包括前述的第一接入网设备、第二接入网设备、终端设备和核心网设备中的至少两个设备。According to the method provided in the embodiments of the present application, the present application also provides a communication system, which includes at least two of the aforementioned first access network device, second access network device, terminal device, and core network device.
上述各个装置实施例中图11至图13所示的实施例中和方法实施例中的图3至图10所示的实施例中完全对应,由相应的模块或单元执行相应的步骤,例如通信单元(收发器)执行方法实施例中接收或发送的步骤,除发送、接收外的其它步骤可以由处理单元(处理器)执行。具体单元的功能可以基于相应的方法实施例。其中,处理器可以为一个或多个。The embodiments shown in Fig. 11 to Fig. 13 in the above-mentioned device embodiments completely correspond to the embodiments shown in Fig. 3 to Fig. 10 in the method embodiments, and the corresponding modules or units execute the corresponding steps, such as communication The unit (transceiver) executes the steps of receiving or sending in the method embodiment, and other steps except sending and receiving can be executed by the processing unit (processor). The function of the specific unit can be based on the corresponding method embodiment. Among them, there may be one or more processors.
在本申请中,“指示”可以包括直接指示和间接指示,也可以包括显式指示和隐式指示。将某一信息所指示的信息称为待指示信息,则具体实现过程中,对待指示信息进行指示的方式可以有很多种,例如但不限于,可以直接指示待指示信息,如指示待指示信息本身或者该待指示信息的索引等。也可以通过指示其他信息来间接指示待指示信息,其中该其他信息与待指示信息之间存在关联关系。还可以仅仅指示待指示信息的一部分,而待指示信息的其他部分则是已知的或者提前约定的。例如,还可以借助预先约定(例如协议规定)的各个信息的排列顺序来实现对特定信息的指示,从而在一定程度上降低指示开销。In this application, "instructions" can include direct instructions and indirect instructions, as well as explicit instructions and implicit instructions. The information indicated by a certain piece of information is called information to be indicated. In the specific implementation process, there can be many ways to indicate the information to be indicated. For example, but not limited to, the information to be indicated can be directly indicated, such as indicating the information to be indicated itself. Or the index of the information to be indicated, etc. The information to be indicated can also be indicated indirectly by indicating other information, where there is an association relationship between the other information and the information to be indicated. It is also possible to indicate only a part of the information to be indicated, while other parts of the information to be indicated are known or agreed in advance. For example, it is also possible to realize the indication of specific information by means of a pre-arranged order (for example, stipulated in an agreement) of various information, so as to reduce the indication overhead to a certain extent.
在本申请的实施例中,各术语及英文缩略语均为方便描述而给出的示例性举例,不应对本申请构成任何限定。本申请并不排除在已有或未来的协议中定义其它能够实现相同或相似功能的术语的可能。In the embodiments of the present application, the terms and English abbreviations are all illustrative examples provided for convenience of description, and should not constitute any limitation to the present application. This application does not exclude the possibility of defining other terms that can achieve the same or similar functions in existing or future agreements.
在本申请的实施例中,第一、第二以及各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分,并不用来限制本申请实施例的范围。例如,区分不同的网络切片、区分不同的网络设备等。In the embodiments of the present application, the first, second, and various numerical numbers are only for easy distinction for description, and are not used to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present application. For example, distinguish different network slices, distinguish different network devices, and so on.
在本说明书中使用的术语“部件”、“模块”、“系统”等用于表示计算机相关的实体、硬件、固件、硬件和软件的组合、软件、或执行中的软件。例如,部件可以是但不限于,在处理器上运行的进程、处理器、对象、可执行文件、执行线程、程序和/或计算机。通过图示,在计算设备上运行的应用和计算设备都可以是部件。一个或多个部件可驻留在进程和/或执行线程中,部件可位于一个计算机上和/或分布在两个或更多个计算机之间。此外,这些部件可从在上面存储有各种数据结构的各种计算机可读存储介质执行。部件可例如根据具有一个或多个数据分组(例如来自与本地系统、分布式系统和/或网络间的另一部件交互的二个部件的数据,例如通过信号与其它系统交互的互联网)的信号通过本地和/或远程进程来通信。The terms "component", "module", "system", etc. used in this specification are used to denote computer-related entities, hardware, firmware, a combination of hardware and software, software, or software in execution. For example, the component may be, but is not limited to, a process, a processor, an object, an executable file, an execution thread, a program, and/or a computer running on a processor. Through the illustration, both the application running on the computing device and the computing device can be components. One or more components may reside in processes and/or threads of execution, and components may be located on one computer and/or distributed between two or more computers. In addition, these components can be executed from various computer-readable storage media having various data structures stored thereon. The component can be based on, for example, a signal having one or more data packets (e.g. data from two components interacting with another component in a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, such as the Internet that interacts with other systems through a signal) Communicate through local and/or remote processes.
应理解,本文中的“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a、b和c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,或b,或c,或a和b,或a和c,或b和c,或a、b和c,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。It should be understood that "at least one" in this document refers to one or more, and "plurality" refers to two or more than two. "And/or" describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or" relationship. "The following at least one item (a)" or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (a) or a plurality of items (a). For example, at least one of a, b, and c can mean: a, or b, or c, or a and b, or a and c, or b and c, or a, b and c, where a, b, c can be single or multiple.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各种说明性逻辑块(illustrative logical block)和步骤(step),能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子 硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art may realize that the various illustrative logical blocks and steps described in the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. accomplish. Whether these functions are executed by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以基于前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for convenience and concise description, the specific working process of the above-described system, device, and unit may be based on the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, and will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, device, and method can be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented. In addition, the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
在上述实施例中,各功能单元的功能可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令(程序)。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令(程序)时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质,(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘(solid state disk,SSD))等。In the foregoing embodiments, the functions of each functional unit may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented by software, it can be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions (programs). When the computer program instructions (programs) are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center. Transmission to another website, computer, server or data center via wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, and a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (SSD)).
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disks or optical disks and other media that can store program codes. .
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖 在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific implementations of this application, but the protection scope of this application is not limited to this. Any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in this application. Should be covered within the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (22)

  1. 一种数据传输的方法,其特征在于,所述方法适用于第一接入网设备,所述方法包括:A method for data transmission, characterized in that the method is applicable to a first access network device, and the method includes:
    确定模式切换请求信息,所述模式切换请求信息用于请求切换第一业务的传输模式为第一传输模式,所述第一传输模式包括多播或单播;Determining mode switching request information, where the mode switching request information is used to request to switch the transmission mode of the first service to the first transmission mode, and the first transmission mode includes multicast or unicast;
    向第二接入网设备发送所述模式切换请求信息。Sending the mode switching request information to the second access network device.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the method further comprises:
    向核心网设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述核心网设备激活或者去激活第一传输通道,所述第一传输通道用于所述核心网设备向所述第一接入网设备传输所述第一业务。Send first indication information to a core network device, where the first indication information is used to instruct the core network device to activate or deactivate a first transmission channel, and the first transmission channel is used by the core network device to send the first transmission channel to the first transmission channel. An access network device transmits the first service.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the method further comprises:
    向核心网设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示第一数据包,所述第一数据包为在所述第一接入网设备切换所述第一传输模式之后,所述核心网设备向所述第一接入网设备传输的所述第一业务的第一个数据包。Send second indication information to the core network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate a first data packet, and the first data packet is after the first access network device switches the first transmission mode. The first data packet of the first service transmitted by the core network device to the first access network device.
  4. 根据权利要求1至3中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收来自所述第二接入网设备的第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示第二数据包,所述第二数据包为在所述第一接入网设备切换所述第一传输模式之前,所述第二接入网设备向所述第一接入网设备传输的所述第一业务的最后一个数据包。Receiving third indication information from the second access network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate a second data packet, where the second data packet is for switching the first access network device to the first access network device Before a transmission mode, the last data packet of the first service transmitted by the second access network device to the first access network device.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 4, wherein:
    所述第二指示信息包括第一序列号,所述第一序列号用于指示所述第一数据包在所述第一业务的至少一个数据包中的顺序;和/或The second indication information includes a first sequence number, and the first sequence number is used to indicate the sequence of the first data packet in at least one data packet of the first service; and/or
    所述第三指示信息包括第二序列号,所述第二序列号用于指示所述第二数据包在所述第一业务的至少一个数据包中的顺序。The third indication information includes a second sequence number, and the second sequence number is used to indicate the sequence of the second data packet in at least one data packet of the first service.
  6. 根据权利要求1至5中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the method further comprises:
    根据第四指示信息向终端设备发送所述第三数据包,Sending the third data packet to the terminal device according to the fourth instruction information,
    所述第三数据包为所述第一业务的数据包,所述第四指示信息来自所述第二接入网设备,用于指示以下至少一个:The third data packet is a data packet of the first service, and the fourth indication information comes from the second access network device and is used to indicate at least one of the following:
    所述第一接入网设备向所述终端设备发送所述第三数据包的时域资源和/或频域资源;Sending, by the first access network device, the time domain resource and/or frequency domain resource of the third data packet to the terminal device;
    所述第三数据包的处理信息。Processing information of the third data packet.
  7. 根据权利要求1至6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收来自第二接入网设备的所述模式切换请求信息的响应信息,所述响应信息用于确认所述第一接入网设备切换第一业务的传输模式为第一传输模式。Receiving response information of the mode switching request information from the second access network device, where the response information is used to confirm that the transmission mode for the first access network device to switch the first service is the first transmission mode.
  8. 一种数据传输的方法,其特征在于,所述方法适用于第二接入网设备,所述方法包括:A method for data transmission, characterized in that the method is applicable to a second access network device, and the method includes:
    接收来自第一接入网设备的模式切换请求信息,所述模式切换请求信息用于请求切换第一业务的传输模式为第一传输模式,所述第一传输模式包括多播或者单播;Receiving mode switching request information from the first access network device, where the mode switching request information is used to request to switch the transmission mode of the first service to the first transmission mode, and the first transmission mode includes multicast or unicast;
    向所述第一接入网设备发送所述模式切换请求信息的响应信息。Sending response information of the mode switching request information to the first access network device.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 8, wherein the method further comprises:
    向所述第一接入网设备发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示第二数据包,所述第二数据包为在所述第一接入网设备切换所述第一传输模式之前,所述第二接入网设备向所述第一接入网设备传输的所述第一业务的最后一个数据包。Send third indication information to the first access network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate a second data packet, and the second data packet is for switching the first access network device to the first access network device. Before the transmission mode, the last data packet of the first service transmitted by the second access network device to the first access network device.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三指示信息包括第二序列号,所述第二序列号用于指示所述第二数据包在所述第一业务的至少一个数据包中的顺序。The method according to claim 9, wherein the third indication information includes a second sequence number, and the second sequence number is used to indicate at least one data of the second data packet in the first service The order in the package.
  11. [根据细则91更正 08.06.2020]
    根据权利要求8至10中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    向所述第一接入网设备发送第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示以下至少一个:
    所述第一接入网设备向终端设备发送所述第一业务的第三数据包的时域资源和/或频域资源;
    所述第三数据包的处理信息。
    [Corrected according to Rule 91 08.06.2020]
    The method according to any one of claims 8 to 10, wherein the method further comprises:
    Send fourth indication information to the first access network device, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
    Sending, by the first access network device, the time domain resource and/or frequency domain resource of the third data packet of the first service to a terminal device;
    Processing information of the third data packet.
  12. 一种数据传输的装置,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A data transmission device, characterized in that the method includes:
    处理单元,用于确定模式切换请求信息,所述模式切换请求信息用于请求切换第一业务的传输模式为第一传输模式,所述第一传输模式包括多播或单播;A processing unit, configured to determine mode switching request information, where the mode switching request information is used to request to switch the transmission mode of the first service to the first transmission mode, and the first transmission mode includes multicast or unicast;
    收发单元,用于向第二接入网设备发送所述模式切换请求信息。The transceiver unit is configured to send the mode switching request information to the second access network device.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发单元还用于:The device according to claim 12, wherein the transceiver unit is further configured to:
    向核心网设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述核心网设备激活或者去激活第一传输通道,所述第一传输通道用于所述核心网设备向所述装置传输所述第一业务。Send first indication information to a core network device, where the first indication information is used to instruct the core network device to activate or deactivate a first transmission channel, and the first transmission channel is used by the core network device to send the device to the device Transmitting the first service.
  14. 根据权利要求12或13所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发单元还用于:The device according to claim 12 or 13, wherein the transceiver unit is further configured to:
    向核心网设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示第一数据包,所述第一数据包为在所述装置切换所述第一传输模式之后,所述核心网设备向所述装置传输的所述第一业务的第一个数据包。Sending second indication information to the core network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate a first data packet, and the first data packet indicates that after the device switches the first transmission mode, the core network device sends The first data packet of the first service transmitted by the apparatus.
  15. 根据权利要求12至14中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发单元还用于:The device according to any one of claims 12 to 14, wherein the transceiver unit is further configured to:
    接收来自所述第二接入网设备的第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示第二数据包,所述第二数据包为在所述装置切换所述第一传输模式之前,所述第二接入网设备向所述装置传输的所述第一业务的最后一个数据包。Receiving third indication information from the second access network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate a second data packet, where the second data packet is before the device switches the first transmission mode, The last data packet of the first service transmitted by the second access network device to the apparatus.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的装置,其特征在于,The device of claim 15, wherein:
    所述第二指示信息包括第一序列号,所述第一序列号用于指示所述第一数据包在所述第一业务的至少一个数据包中的顺序;和/或The second indication information includes a first sequence number, and the first sequence number is used to indicate the sequence of the first data packet in at least one data packet of the first service; and/or
    所述第三指示信息包括第二序列号,所述第二序列号用于指示所述第二数据包在所述第一业务的至少一个数据包中的顺序。The third indication information includes a second sequence number, and the second sequence number is used to indicate the sequence of the second data packet in at least one data packet of the first service.
  17. 根据权利要求12至16中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发单元还用于:The device according to any one of claims 12 to 16, wherein the transceiver unit is further configured to:
    根据第四指示信息向终端设备发送所述第三数据包,Sending the third data packet to the terminal device according to the fourth instruction information,
    所述第三数据包为所述第一业务的数据包,所述第四指示信息来自所述第二接入网设备,用于指示以下至少一个:The third data packet is a data packet of the first service, and the fourth indication information comes from the second access network device and is used to indicate at least one of the following:
    所述装置向所述终端设备发送所述第三数据包的时域资源和/或频域资源;Sending, by the apparatus, the time domain resource and/or frequency domain resource of the third data packet to the terminal device;
    所述第三数据包的处理信息。Processing information of the third data packet.
  18. 根据权利要求12至17中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发单元还用于:The device according to any one of claims 12 to 17, wherein the transceiver unit is further configured to:
    接收来自第二接入网设备的所述模式切换请求信息的响应信息,所述响应信息用于确认所述装置切换第一业务的传输模式为第一传输模式。Receiving response information of the mode switching request information from the second access network device, where the response information is used to confirm that the transmission mode of the apparatus for switching the first service is the first transmission mode.
  19. 一种数据传输的装置,其特征在于,所述装置包括:A data transmission device, characterized in that the device includes:
    接收单元,用于接收来自第一接入网设备的模式切换请求信息,所述模式切换请求信息用于请求切换第一业务的传输模式为第一传输模式,所述第一传输模式包括多播或者单播;The receiving unit is configured to receive mode switching request information from the first access network device, where the mode switching request information is used to request to switch the transmission mode of the first service to the first transmission mode, and the first transmission mode includes multicast Or unicast;
    发送单元,用于向所述第一接入网设备发送所述模式切换请求信息的响应信息。The sending unit is configured to send response information of the mode switching request information to the first access network device.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的装置,其特征在于,所述发送单元用于:The device according to claim 19, wherein the sending unit is configured to:
    向所述第一接入网设备发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示第二数据包,所述第二数据包为在所述第一接入网设备切换所述第一传输模式之前,所述装置向所述第一接入网设备传输的所述第一业务的最后一个数据包。Send third indication information to the first access network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate a second data packet, and the second data packet is for switching the first access network device to the first access network device. Before the transmission mode, the last data packet of the first service transmitted by the apparatus to the first access network device.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第三指示信息包括第二序列号,所述第二序列号用于指示所述第二数据包在所述第一业务的至少一个数据包中的顺序。The apparatus according to claim 20, wherein the third indication information comprises a second sequence number, and the second sequence number is used to indicate at least one data of the second data packet in the first service The order in the package.
  22. 根据权利要求19至21中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述发送单元还用于:The device according to any one of claims 19 to 21, wherein the sending unit is further configured to:
    向所述第一接入网设备发送第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示以下至少一个:Send fourth indication information to the first access network device, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
    所述第一接入网设备向终端设备发送所述第一业务的第三数据包的时域资源和/或频域资源;Sending, by the first access network device, the time domain resource and/or frequency domain resource of the third data packet of the first service to a terminal device;
    所述第三数据包的处理信息。Processing information of the third data packet.
PCT/CN2020/075508 2020-02-17 2020-02-17 Data transmission method and apparatus WO2021163832A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2020/075508 WO2021163832A1 (en) 2020-02-17 2020-02-17 Data transmission method and apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2020/075508 WO2021163832A1 (en) 2020-02-17 2020-02-17 Data transmission method and apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021163832A1 true WO2021163832A1 (en) 2021-08-26

Family

ID=77390274

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/075508 WO2021163832A1 (en) 2020-02-17 2020-02-17 Data transmission method and apparatus

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2021163832A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023061339A1 (en) * 2021-10-13 2023-04-20 华为技术有限公司 Data transmission method and communication apparatus

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2015100733A1 (en) * 2014-01-03 2015-07-09 华为技术有限公司 User equipment handover method and base station
CN104918204A (en) * 2015-03-17 2015-09-16 华中科技大学 Unicast and multicast conversion control method in LTE
US20180160342A1 (en) * 2016-12-02 2018-06-07 Ofinno Technologies, Llc Handover Procedure for a UE with V2X Services
CN110662270A (en) * 2018-06-28 2020-01-07 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2015100733A1 (en) * 2014-01-03 2015-07-09 华为技术有限公司 User equipment handover method and base station
CN104918204A (en) * 2015-03-17 2015-09-16 华中科技大学 Unicast and multicast conversion control method in LTE
US20180160342A1 (en) * 2016-12-02 2018-06-07 Ofinno Technologies, Llc Handover Procedure for a UE with V2X Services
CN110662270A (en) * 2018-06-28 2020-01-07 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
AT&T: "Status update on Rel-17 5MBS work in 3GPP and potential impacts on public safety", 3GPP DRAFT; S6-200059, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. SA WG6, no. Hyderabad, India; 20200113 - 20200117, 5 January 2020 (2020-01-05), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, XP051841502 *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023061339A1 (en) * 2021-10-13 2023-04-20 华为技术有限公司 Data transmission method and communication apparatus

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11546811B2 (en) Method for establishing a fronthaul interface, method for performing access for a UE, method and apparatus for performing a handover for a UE, data forwarding method, user equipment and base station
US11438941B2 (en) Communication method and communications apparatus
EP3509371B1 (en) Method and device for transmitting message
US20200221538A1 (en) Data transmission method, terminal device, and network device
CN109392028B (en) Data transmission method and device
US20230009565A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus applied to multi-link device in wireless local area network
WO2013075602A1 (en) Method, base station and user equipment for achieving carrier aggregation
US11418925B2 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2022110168A1 (en) Communication configuration method and communication apparatus
EP4171074A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2020216133A1 (en) Communication method and device
US20230012998A1 (en) Communication method, access network device, terminal device, and core network device
WO2015062063A1 (en) Data transmission method, apparatus and system
WO2021212372A1 (en) Resource allocation method and terminal
WO2021163832A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
WO2021142767A1 (en) Communication method and communication device
CN116349293A (en) IAB node transplanting method and device
WO2023130260A1 (en) Rrc message configuration method, apparatus and system
WO2022206775A1 (en) Transmission handover method and apparatus for multicast and broadcast service
WO2021253432A1 (en) Wireless communication method, compressing end, and decompressing end
WO2022205413A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device, and network device
WO2022236592A1 (en) Method, device and computer readable medium for communication
WO2024065137A1 (en) Configuration information acquisition method, configuration information forwarding method, and terminal device
WO2023155655A1 (en) Computing power capability sensing method and apparatus
WO2024000110A1 (en) Cell handover method and apparatus, terminal device, and network device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20920073

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20920073

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1